WO2023050337A1 - Wireless communication method, and terminal device and network device - Google Patents

Wireless communication method, and terminal device and network device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023050337A1
WO2023050337A1 PCT/CN2021/122228 CN2021122228W WO2023050337A1 WO 2023050337 A1 WO2023050337 A1 WO 2023050337A1 CN 2021122228 W CN2021122228 W CN 2021122228W WO 2023050337 A1 WO2023050337 A1 WO 2023050337A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
srs
srs resource
indication information
transmission
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/122228
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
史志华
陈文洪
黄莹沛
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2021/122228 priority Critical patent/WO2023050337A1/en
Priority to CN202180097900.0A priority patent/CN117242862A/en
Publication of WO2023050337A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023050337A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and in particular to a wireless communication method, a terminal device, and a network device.
  • network devices can use channel reciprocity to obtain downlink channel information by measuring the sounding reference signal (SRS).
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the number of transmitting antennas of a terminal device may be less than the number of receiving antennas.
  • they can also obtain downlink channel information through channel reciprocity.
  • NR The system supports the use of SRS antenna switching to obtain downlink channel information.
  • the terminal device After the network device indicates the SRS resource set parameters used for antenna switching through radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, the terminal device performs SRS transmission according to the SRS resource set parameters.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the network device needs to reconfigure the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling. The delay resulting in the change of the antenna switching mechanism is relatively large, and the signaling overhead is also relatively large.
  • the present application provides a wireless communication method, a terminal device, and a network device, which are beneficial to reducing the delay of changing an antenna switching mechanism and simultaneously reducing signaling overhead.
  • a wireless communication method including: a terminal device receiving first information sent by a network device, wherein the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the following At least one of:
  • At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
  • a wireless communication method including: a network device sending first information to a terminal device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the following At least one of:
  • At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
  • a terminal device configured to execute the method in the foregoing first aspect or various implementation manners thereof.
  • the terminal device includes a functional module for executing the method in the above first aspect or its various implementation manners.
  • a network device configured to execute the method in the foregoing second aspect or various implementation manners thereof.
  • the network device includes a functional module for executing the method in the above second aspect or each implementation manner thereof.
  • a terminal device including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the above first aspect or its various implementations.
  • a sixth aspect provides a network device, including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the above second aspect or its various implementations.
  • a chip is provided for implementing any one of the above first aspect to the second aspect or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
  • the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the device executes any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or any of the implementations thereof. method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, and the computer program causes a computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
  • a ninth aspect provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions, the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute any one of the above first to second aspects or the method in each implementation manner.
  • a computer program which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or the method in each implementation manner.
  • the network device can dynamically indicate the changed SRS resource set parameters by indicating the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameters through the first information, and does not need to reconfigure the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, which is beneficial to reduce the antenna switching mechanism
  • the delay of the change realizes the rapid adjustment of the parameters of the SRS resource set, and at the same time helps to reduce the signaling overhead.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of SRS resource set parameters.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a wireless communication method provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission or not used for transmission in an SRS resource set according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating multiple SRS resources used for transmission or not used for transmission in an SRS resource set according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission or not used for transmission in a set of multiple SRS resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission and SRS resources not used for transmission in the SRS resource set according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating that all SRS resources in the SRS resource set are used for transmission or none are used for transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission and SRS resources not used for transmission in the SRS resource set according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission and SRS resources not used for transmission in a set of multiple SRS resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 11 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission and SRS resources not used for transmission in a set of multiple SRS resources according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a MAC CE format diagram of an SRS port used for transmission indicating an SRS resource in an SRS resource set according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a MAC CE format diagram of an SRS port used for transmission indicating SRS resources in a plurality of SRS resource sets according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS ports used for transmission and SRS ports not used for transmission of SRS resources in the SRS resource set according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating that all SRS ports of SRS resources in the SRS resource set are used for transmission or none are used according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS ports used for transmission and SRS ports not used for transmission of SRS resources in the SRS resource set according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a MAC CE format diagram of an SRS port used for transmission and an SRS port not used for transmission indicating SRS resources in a plurality of SRS resource sets according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a MAC CE format diagram of an SRS port used for transmission and an SRS port not used for transmission indicating SRS resources in a plurality of SRS resource sets according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating the transmission status of SRS resources and SRS ports in the SRS resource set according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 20 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 22 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 23 is a schematic block diagram of a chip provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 24 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (Global System of Mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) system , New Radio (NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) on unlicensed spectrum unlicensed spectrum (NR-U) system, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), Wireless Fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi), fifth-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) system or other communication systems, etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • V2V Vehicle to Vehicle
  • V2X Vehicle to everything
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, may also be applied to a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, and may also be applied to an independent (Standalone, SA) deployment Web scene.
  • Carrier Aggregation, CA Carrier Aggregation
  • DC Dual Connectivity
  • SA independent deployment Web scene
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, where the unlicensed spectrum may also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to a licensed spectrum, where, Licensed spectrum can also be considered as non-shared spectrum.
  • the embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, wherein the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • user equipment User Equipment, UE
  • access terminal user unit
  • user station mobile station
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote terminal
  • mobile device user terminal
  • terminal wireless communication device
  • wireless communication device user agent or user device
  • the terminal device can be a station (STATION, ST) in a WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as terminal devices in NR networks, or future Terminal equipment in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, etc.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites) superior).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in smart home.
  • a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment
  • wireless terminal equipment in industrial control wireless terminal equipment in self driving
  • wireless terminal equipment in remote medical wireless terminal equipment in smart grid
  • wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety wireless terminal equipment in smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in smart home.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with the mobile device, and the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA , or a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and an NR network
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB, NB base station
  • Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB evolved base station
  • LTE Long Term Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB
  • gNB network equipment in the network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network or the network equipment in the NTN network, etc.
  • the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device.
  • the network equipment may be a satellite or a balloon station.
  • the satellite can be a low earth orbit (low earth orbit, LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (medium earth orbit, MEO) satellite, a geosynchronous earth orbit (geosynchronous earth orbit, GEO) satellite, a high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO) satellite. ) Satellite etc.
  • the network device may also be a base station installed on land, water, and other locations.
  • the network device may provide services for a cell, and the terminal device communicates with the network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device ( For example, a cell corresponding to a base station), the cell may belong to a macro base station, or may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell (Small cell), and the small cell here may include: a metro cell (Metro cell), a micro cell (Micro cell), a pico cell ( Pico cell), Femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • the transmission resources for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources
  • the cell may be a network device (
  • the cell may belong to a macro base station, or may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell (Small cell)
  • the small cell here may include: a metro cell (Metro cell), a micro cell (Micro
  • the communication system 100 may include a network device 110, and the network device 110 may be a device for communicating with a terminal device 120 (or called a communication terminal, terminal).
  • the network device 110 can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area.
  • FIG. 1 exemplarily shows one network device and two terminal devices.
  • the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices within the coverage area. This application The embodiment does not limit this.
  • the communication system 100 may further include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • a device with a communication function in the network/system in the embodiment of the present application may be referred to as a communication device.
  • the communication equipment may include a network equipment 110 and a terminal equipment 120 with communication functions.
  • the network equipment 110 and the terminal equipment 120 may be the specific equipment described above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device may also include other devices in the communication system 100, such as network controllers, mobility management entities and other network entities, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the "indication" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship.
  • a indicates B which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
  • the term "corresponding" may indicate that there is a direct or indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated, configuration and is configuration etc.
  • predefinition can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices).
  • the implementation method is not limited.
  • pre-defined may refer to defined in the protocol.
  • the "protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the Sounding Reference Signal is an important reference signal in the NR system and is widely used in various functions in the NR system, such as:
  • codebook-based UL transmission codebook-based UL transmission
  • the network device can configure one or more SRS resource sets (SRS Resource set) for the terminal device, and each SRS Resource set can configure one or more SRS resources (SRS resource).
  • SRS Resource set SRS resource sets
  • SRS resource SRS resource sets
  • the transmission of the SRS may include the following types: periodic (Periodic), semi-persistent (Semi-persistent), and aperiodic (Aperiodic).
  • Periodic SRS refers to SRS that is transmitted periodically.
  • the period and time slot offset of SRS can be configured by Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Spatial Relation Info (Spatial Relation Info, indicating the transmission beam in an implicit way) of the periodic SRS can also be configured by RRC signaling.
  • the space-related information can indicate a reference channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal, CSI-RS), reference synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) or reference SRS, and the terminal device according to the indicated reference CSI-RS /Determine the transmission beam of the SRS resource with reference to the reception beam of the SSB, or determine the transmission beam of the SRS resource according to the transmission beam of the reference SRS resource.
  • CSI-RS Channel State Information Reference Signal
  • SSB Synchrononization Signal Block
  • the terminal device uses the same spatial domain transmission filter (spatial domain transmission filter) as the received indicated reference CSI-RS/reference SSB to send the corresponding SRS resource, or uses the same spatial domain transmission filter as the reference SRS resource to send Corresponding SRS resource.
  • spatial domain transmission filter spatial domain transmission filter
  • Semi-persistent SRS is also an SRS for periodic transmission.
  • the period and slot offset (slot offset) are configured by RRC signaling, but its activation and deactivation signaling can be passed through the Media Access Control Control Element (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE) bearer.
  • the terminal device After receiving the activation signaling, the terminal device starts to periodically transmit the SRS until it receives the deactivation signaling.
  • the space-related information (transmission beam) of the semi-persistent SRS is carried by the MAC CE that activates the SRS.
  • the terminal device After receiving the cycle and time slot offset configured by RRC, the terminal device determines the time slot that can be used to transmit SRS according to the following formula:
  • T SRS and T offset are the configured period and offset
  • n f and are the radio frame and slot numbers, respectively.
  • aperiodic SRS transmission is introduced, and the network device can trigger the SRS transmission of the terminal device through the downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI).
  • the trigger signaling used to trigger aperiodic SRS transmission can be used to schedule the physical uplink shared channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH)/physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH) in the UE-specific search space.
  • Downlink control The information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) bearer may also be carried by the DCI format 2_3 (format 2_3) in the public search space.
  • DCI format 2_3 can not only be used to trigger aperiodic SRS transmission, but also can be used to configure SRS transmission on a group of UEs or a group of carriers and the corresponding transmission power control (Transmission Power Control, TPC) command.
  • TPC Transmission Power Control
  • the terminal device After receiving the aperiodic SRS trigger signaling (for example, DCI), the terminal device performs SRS transmission on the SRS resource set indicated by the trigger signaling.
  • the slot offset (slot offset) between the trigger signaling and the SRS transmission is configured by high layer signaling (for example, RRC signaling).
  • the network device instructs the terminal device in advance through high-layer signaling the configuration parameters of each SRS resource set (ie SRS resource set parameters, (SRS-ResourceSet)), including time-frequency resources, sequence parameters, power control parameters, etc.
  • the terminal device can also determine the transmission beam or spatial transmission filter used to transmit the SRS on the SRS resource through the spatial correlation information of the SRS resource.
  • the spatial correlation information is passed through the RRC Configured for each SRS resource.
  • MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output
  • precoding may also be replaced by beamforming
  • beamforming may also be replaced by precoding
  • the precoding matrix is determined based on the transmission channel information corresponding to the terminal.
  • the precoding matrix may also be determined based on channel information, interference information, and the like corresponding to the multi-user MIMO paired users. Therefore, to determine the precoding matrix for terminal A, a basic requirement is to obtain the channel information of the transmission channel corresponding to terminal A.
  • base station B sends reference information X (such as a CSI-RS signal), and terminal A measures and obtains the information of the corresponding downlink channel according to the reference signal X, and then determines the corresponding channel feedback information. Based on the channel feedback information of terminal A, base station B determines the corresponding precoding matrix to send PDSCH, or physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH), or other downlink channels or downlink reference signals to terminal A.
  • reference information X such as a CSI-RS signal
  • terminal A measures and obtains the information of the corresponding downlink channel according to the reference signal X, and then determines the corresponding channel feedback information.
  • base station B determines the corresponding precoding matrix to send PDSCH, or physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH), or other downlink channels or downlink reference signals to terminal A.
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the channel feedback information may include at least one of the following:
  • Rank Indication (Rank Indication, RI) (corresponding to the number of transmission streams suggested by the terminal);
  • CQI Channel Quality Indicator
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • Precoding Matrix Indicator (Precoding Matrix Indicator, PMI) (corresponding to codebook information).
  • terminal A sends SRS information according to the configuration information of base station B
  • base station B measures the corresponding uplink channel according to the received SRS information
  • base station B can determine terminal A according to the mutual dissimilarity of uplink and downlink channels
  • the corresponding precoding matrix is used to send PDSCH or PDCCH, or other downlink channels or downlink reference signals
  • the usage (usage) in the SRS resource set parameter (ie SRS-ResourceSet) corresponding to the SRS signal is set to "antennaSwitching", where one SRS-ResourceSet includes one or more SRS resources.
  • SRS signal sounding sounding
  • UE sounding procedure for DL CSI acquisition UE sounding procedure for DL CSI acquisition
  • SRS Tx port switching antenna switching
  • the number of receiving antennas is often greater than the number of sending antennas.
  • terminal A has two receiving antennas, but only one sending antenna (single moment). Therefore, if terminal A sends an SRS (for a single antenna, the corresponding SRS resource is 1 SRS port), base station B can only obtain 8*1 channels, that is, it cannot know the channel information corresponding to half of the channels, which will affect the acquisition of more precoding performance.
  • the number of transmitting antennas, the number of receiving antennas of terminal A, and whether it supports “antennaSwitching" (or, whether it supports SRS Tx port switching), can have different implementations, and report through UE capability (UE capability).
  • the terminal device can report at least one of the following UE capabilities:
  • t1r2 is used for 1T2R
  • t2r4 is used for 2T4R
  • t1r4 is used for 1T4R
  • t1r4-t2r4 is used for 1T4R/2T4R
  • 0 or 1 or 2 SRS resource sets can be configured.
  • the resource types (resourceType) corresponding to the two SRS resource sets are configured with different values, for example, the value can be aperiodic, semiPersistent, or periodic.
  • the resource types corresponding to the SRS resource sets are similar, so I won’t repeat them here.
  • Each SRS resource set includes two single-port (ie 1-port, or SRS port (SRS port)) SRS resource, these two SRS resource are transmitted on different symbols (symbol), and the same SRS resource set
  • the two SRS resources in correspond to different UE antenna ports (UE antenna port), corresponding to the example in Figure 2.
  • each SRS resource set includes 2 SRS resources, each SRS resource includes 2 SRS ports, and the two SRS resources are on different symbols Transmission, and the UE antenna port pair corresponding to the SRS port pair of the second SRS resource in the same SRS resource set is different from the SRS port pair of the first SRS resource.
  • Each SRS resource set can be configured (periodic or semi-persistent).
  • Each SRS resource set includes 4 single-port (1-port) SRS resources, each SRS resource is transmitted on a different symbol, and different SRS resources correspond to different UE antenna ports.
  • the 2 SRS resource sets can be configured (both configured as aperiodic).
  • the 2 SRS resource sets include a total of 4 single-port (1-port) SRS resources, which are transmitted on different symbols in two different slots.
  • the 4 SRS resources correspond to different UE antenna ports.
  • the 4 SRS resources can be that each SRS resource set includes 2 SRS resources, or that 1 SRS resource set includes 3 SRS resources, and the other SRS resource set includes 1 SRS resource.
  • each SRS resource set contains 1 SRS resource, and the number of SRS ports corresponding to the SRS resource is 1 and 2 respectively or 4.
  • all SRS resources in the SRS resource set need to be configured with the same SRS port (for example, 1 or 2 SRS ports).
  • the value of x may be one of ⁇ 1, 2, 4 ⁇ .
  • the value of x may be one of ⁇ 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 ⁇ .
  • the antenna switching configuration supported by the terminal device can be understood as a UE antenna switching capability (UE antenna switching capability).
  • the UE antenna switching capability of "xTyR” corresponds to: a UE capable of performing SRS transmission on the "x" antenna port, and "y” corresponds to all or a subset of UE receiving antennas, where the terminal supports 2T4R, Indicates that the terminal has two transmit antennas.
  • the SRS resource can be expressed as:
  • the SRS resources of A ports the SRS resources of A ports, the SRS resources of A SRS ports, the SRS resources of A ports, and the SRS resources of A ports.
  • antenna switching requires switching time, so the interval between SRS resources transmitted in the same time slot in the same SRS resource set is Y symbols, where Y can be 1 or 2, etc.
  • the terminal device After a network device indicates an SRS resource set parameter (ie, SRS-ResourceSet) through RRC signaling, the terminal device performs SRS transmission according to the SRS resource set parameter.
  • SRS resource set parameter ie, SRS-ResourceSet
  • the antenna switching mechanism such as changing from 2T4R antenna switching to 1T2R or 2T2R antenna switching.
  • the network device needs to reconfigure the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, resulting in a relatively long delay in changing the antenna switching mechanism, which is not conducive to the rapid adjustment of the SRS resource set parameters, and the signaling overhead is also relatively large.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method 200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 200 can be executed by a terminal device in the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the method 200 includes the following content :
  • the terminal device receives first information sent by the network device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information may indicate one or more items above, for example, the first indication information indicates that at least one first SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission and at least one of the first SRS resource set The second SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission; for another example, the first indication information indicates that at least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission and at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set At least one first SRS port of is used for SRS transmission, wherein the first SRS resource and the third SRS resource are the same SRS resource.
  • the first indication information may also indicate other similar combinations, which will not be listed one by one here. In other similar descriptions, the specific combination will not be repeated.
  • being used for SRS transmission may also be expressed as being used for transmission, and not being used for SRS transmission may also be expressed as not being used for transmission.
  • the first indication information may indicate at least one of the following:
  • At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for transmission;
  • At least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for transmission;
  • At least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for transmission;
  • At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for transmission.
  • whether SRS resources are used for SRS transmission can be understood as a transmission state of SRS resources, that is, SRS resources are indicated as being used for transmission, or not used for transmission, or indicated as being able to be used for transmission status, or a status that is not used for transmission.
  • whether the SRS port is used for SRS transmission can be understood as the transmission status of the SRS port, that is, the SRS port is indicated as being used for transmission, or not used for transmission, or in other words, the SRS port is indicated as a state that can be used for transmission, Or a state not used for transmission.
  • the SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission can be understood as the transmission status of the SRS resource set, that is, the SRS resource set is indicated as being used for transmission, or not used for transmission, or the SRS resource set is indicated as a state that can be used for transmission, Or a state not used for transmission. .
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate the transmission status of each SRS resource set in at least one SRS resource set, and/or the transmission status of the SRS resources in the SRS resource set, and/or Or, the transmission status of the SRS port of the SRS resource.
  • the first indication information may also be used to indicate the transmission state of the second SRS resource set, and/or the transmission state of the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set, and/or, the SRS resources included in the second SRS resource level
  • the transmission status of the SRS port may also indicate the transmission status of more SRS resource sets, and the first SRS resource set is used as an example for illustration below, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the method 200 also includes:
  • the network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one SRS resource set, where the at least one SRS resource set includes the first SRS resource set.
  • the first configuration information includes SRS resource set parameters (that is, SRS-ResourceSet) corresponding to each SRS resource set in at least one SRS resource set.
  • SRS resource set parameters that is, SRS-ResourceSet
  • the SRS resource set parameters corresponding to the SRS resource set may be used to configure parameters such as resource types, time-frequency resources, sequence parameters, and power control parameters of the SRS resource set.
  • the first configuration information is sent through RRC signaling.
  • the terminal device may use the first configuration information to perform SRS transmission.
  • a different antenna switching mechanism such as changing from a 2T4R antenna switching mechanism to a 1T2R or 2T2R antenna switching mechanism.
  • the parameters of the SRS resource set need to be changed.
  • changing SRS resource set parameters is achieved by network devices reconfiguring SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling. Therefore, the delay in changing the antenna switching mechanism is relatively large, which is not conducive to the rapid adjustment of SRS resource set parameters. At the same time, the signaling overhead is relatively large.
  • changing the SRS resource set parameter may be implemented by changing the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameter.
  • the network device may indicate the parameter of the SRS resource set whose transmission state changes. For example, the SRS resource set whose transmission state is changed, and/or the SRS resource whose transmission state is changed, and/or the SRS port whose transmission state is changed.
  • the network device may indicate the changed transmission status of the SRS resource set parameter, for example, indicate the changed transmission status corresponding to the SRS resource set, and/or the changed transmission status corresponding to the SRS resource, and/or, the SRS port The corresponding changed transfer status.
  • changing the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameters includes at least one of the following:
  • Change the transmission status of the SRS resource set for example, indicate that the SRS resource set is used for transmission, or indicate that the SRS resource set is not used for transmission;
  • Changing the transmission status of the SRS ports of the SRS resources in the SRS resource set for example, indicating that at least one first SRS port of the SRS resource is used for transmission and/or at least one second SRS port is not used for transmission.
  • the network device indicates the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameters through the first information, which can dynamically indicate the changed SRS resource set parameters, for example, the SRS resource set parameters that need to be changed due to the change of the antenna switching mechanism , without the need to reconfigure SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, it can realize dynamic indication of SRS resources, help reduce the delay of antenna switching mechanism change, realize rapid adjustment of SRS resource set parameters, and help reduce signaling overhead .
  • the technical solutions based on the embodiments of the present application can realize dynamic antenna switching, or dynamic indication of SRS resources, that is, the embodiments of the present application provide a dynamic indication scheme for antenna switching, or a dynamic indication scheme for SRS resources, or, Antenna dynamic switching solution, therefore, the first information may also be replaced by an antenna switching dynamic indication, an SRS resource dynamic indication, or other equivalent expressions, which are not limited in this application.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the scenario where the parameters of the SRS resource set need to be changed due to the change of the antenna switching mechanism, or can also be applied to the scenario where the parameters of the SRS resource set need to be changed due to other reasons.
  • An example is used for description, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the antenna switching mechanism or antenna switching configuration, antenna switching capability, SRS Tx port switching capability, etc., the above expressions are equivalent and can be replaced with each other.
  • the antenna switching configuration may include at least one of the following:
  • the SRS resource set parameters corresponding to the first SRS resource set include a resource type parameter (resourceType).
  • the resourceType in the SRS resource set parameter corresponding to the first SRS resource set is configured as aperiodic (aperiodic).
  • the resourceType in the SRS resource set parameter corresponding to the first SRS resource set is configured as one of semi-persistent (semiPersistent) and periodic (periodic).
  • semi-persistent semi-persistent
  • periodic periodic
  • the resourceType in the SRS resource set parameter corresponding to the first SRS resource set is configured as one of aperiodic (aperiodic), semi-persistent (semiPersistent) and periodic (periodic).
  • aperiodic aperiodic
  • semi-persistent semi-persistent
  • periodic periodic
  • the network device may send the first information through any downlink signaling or downlink message, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the first information may be transmitted through MAC CE signaling.
  • the first information is transmitted through DCI signaling.
  • Transmission of the first information through MAC CE signaling or DCI signaling can realize dynamic indication of SRS resources and reduce the delay of SRS transmission.
  • the network device may carry the first information through an existing field in the MAC CE signaling or the DCI signaling, for example, using a reserved field in the MAC CE signaling or the DCI signaling, or may also be in The newly added field in the MAC CE signaling or DCI signaling carries the first information, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate the changed SRS resource set parameters corresponding to the first SRS resource set, for example, by indicating the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameters
  • the changed SRS resource set parameters or in other words, the first indication information is used to indicate the changed transmission status corresponding to the SRS resource set parameters.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate the changed SRS resource set parameters corresponding to the first SRS resource set, that is, may not indicate SRS resources whose transmission status has not changed Set parameters, which only indicate the set parameters of the SRS resource whose transmission state changes.
  • the first indication information may indicate the SRS resource set whose transmission state has changed, and/or the SRS resource whose transmission state has changed, and/or the SRS port whose transmission state has changed.
  • the unindicated SRS resource set parameters may be considered as no change in the transmission state.
  • the changed SRS resource set parameters may be at the granularity of the SRS resource set, or at the granularity of the SRS resource, or at the granularity of the SRS port, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the first information is used to deactivate (or disable) one or more SRS resource sets, that is, the one or more SRS resource sets are not used for transmission, or deactivate (or disable) one SRS resource set , to disable) one or more SRS resources, that is, the one or more SRS resources are not used for transmission, or, for one SRS resource, deactivate (or, disable) one or more SRS ports, that is, the one or more Multiple SRS ports are not used for transmission etc.
  • the network device configures two SRS resource sets through RRC signaling, and in the second antenna switching configuration, the network device needs to instruct the terminal device to use only one SRS resource set for transmission, then
  • the first information may be used to indicate to disable an SRS resource set, that is, to indicate that the SRS resource set is not used for transmission.
  • an SRS resource set configured by the network device through RRC signaling includes 4 SRS resources
  • the network device needs to indicate 2 SRS resources in the SRS resource set If used for transmission, the first information may be used to indicate to disable two SRS resources in the one SRS resource set, that is, to indicate that the two SRS resources are not used for transmission.
  • one SRS resource configured by the network device through RRC signaling includes two SRS ports
  • the network device needs to indicate that one SRS port of the one SRS resource uses For transmission, the first information may be used to indicate to disable one of the two SRS ports of the one SRS resource, that is, to indicate that one SRS port of the SRS resource is not used for transmission.
  • the network device when changing from the second antenna switching configuration to the first antenna switching configuration, may indicate the enabled SRS resource set, and/or SRS resource, and/or SRS port through the first information.
  • the first indication information may also be used to indicate the changed SRS resource sets corresponding to the multiple SRS resource sets respectively.
  • the resource set parameters, or the changed SRS resource set parameters of each SRS resource set in the plurality of SRS resource sets, are described below by taking the first SRS resource set as an example, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the first indication information may be used to dynamically indicate the granularity of the SRS resource set, and/or the granularity of the SRS resource, and/or the granularity of the SRS port.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that all SRS resources in an SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or are all used for SRS transmission. Indicates the granularity of the corresponding SRS resource set.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that at least one first SRS resource in an SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission, and/or, at least one second SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission. Corresponding to the indication of SRS resource granularity.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that at least one first SRS port of one SRS resource is used for SRS transmission, and/or, at least one second SRS port is not used for SRS transmission. Indication of the corresponding SRS port granularity.
  • the first indication information includes:
  • the network device may indicate the SRS resources used for SRS transmission in one SRS resource set, and/or, the SRS resources not used for SRS transmission in one SRS resource set.
  • the network device can dynamically indicate the SRS resource granularity.
  • the network device when the network device only indicates the SRS resources in one SRS resource set that are not used for SRS transmission, then other SRS resources in the one SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
  • the network device when the network device only indicates the SRS resources used for SRS transmission in one SRS resource set, other SRS resources in the one SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission.
  • the network device can change the terminal device from one antenna switching mechanism to another antenna switching mechanism by indicating that part of the SRS resources in an SRS resource set are not used for transmission or part of the SRS resources are used for transmission.
  • the indication information of the at least one first SRS resource may be an identity (Identity, ID) of the at least one SRS resource, an index, or a number of the at least one SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, Or serial number, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the indication information of the at least one second SRS resource may be the ID and index of the at least two SRS resources, or the number or serial number of the at least two SRS resources in the first SRS resource set, etc., the present application It is not limited to this.
  • the first indication information may include the indication information of the at least one first SRS resource, which is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the first indication information may include the indication information of the at least one second SRS resource, which is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the network device indicates at least one first SRS resource and/or at least one second SRS resource in a bitmap (bitmap) manner.
  • the number of at least one first SRS resource and/or at least one second SRS resource is large or the ID is long, it is beneficial to indicate whether the SRS resources in one SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission in a bitmap manner Reduce signaling overhead.
  • the first indication information includes a first bitmap
  • the first bitmap includes a plurality of bits
  • each bit corresponds to an SRS resource in the first SRS resource set
  • the value of each bit is used to indicate Whether the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
  • a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission, and a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission.
  • a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission, and a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission.
  • the first bitmap may include 8 bits (B7-B0), and each bit corresponds to one SRS resource. If the first The bitmap is 00001111, where a bit value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission, a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission, and the first bitmap indicates that SRS resource 0 to SRS resource 3 are used For SRS transmission, SRS resource 4 to SRS resource 7 are not used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information includes a first indication field, and the first indication field is used to indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission. Both are used for SRS transmission.
  • the aforementioned at least one first SRS resource may include all the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set, or the aforementioned at least one second SRS resource may include all the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set.
  • the network device can dynamically indicate the granularity of the SRS resource set.
  • the network device may indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission through MAC CE signaling or a reserved bit in DCI signaling, or that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission. Used for SRS transmission.
  • the network device may also indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission through an invalid value of an existing information field in MAC CE signaling or DCI signaling, or a reserved value, or, All SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication field may be 1 bit.
  • the first value of the 1 bit indicates that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for transmission
  • the second value indicates that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for transmission.
  • the first value of the 1 bit indicates that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for transmission
  • the second value indicates that there is at least one second SRS resource not used for transmission in the first SRS resource set
  • the at least one second SRS resource is determined according to the indication information of the at least one second SRS resource, or the at least one second SRS resource is determined according to the first SRS resource.
  • the value of the 1 bit is the second value indicating that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for transmission
  • the value of the 1 bit is the first value indicating that there is at least one first SRS resource used for transmission in the first SRS resource set
  • the at least one first SRS resource is determined according to the indication information of the at least one first SRS resource.
  • the first value is 1 and the second value is 0, or the first value is 0 and the second value is 1.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the network device may indicate an SRS port of an SRS resource not used for SRS transmission, and/or, an SRS port of an SRS resource used for SRS transmission.
  • the network device can dynamically indicate the granularity of the SRS port.
  • the network device flexibly indicates the SRS port used for SRS transmission or the SRS port not used for SRS transmission through the first indication information, and can turn off part of the transmitting antenna in some scenarios to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device, or realize the terminal device from A transition from one antenna switching mechanism to another.
  • the network device when the network device only indicates the SRS port of the SRS resource that is not used for SRS transmission, then other SRS ports of the SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
  • the network device when the network device only indicates the SRS port of the SRS resource used for SRS transmission, other SRS ports of the SRS resource are not used for SRS transmission.
  • the indication information of the at least one first SRS port may be the port number and port index of the at least one first SRS port, or, all of the at least one first SRS port included in the third SRS resource
  • the number or serial number in the SRS port is not limited in this application.
  • the indication information of the at least one second SRS port may be the port number and port index of the at least one second SRS port, or the at least one second SRS port among all the SRS ports included in the third SRS resource
  • the number, or serial number, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the first indication information may include indication information of the at least one first SRS port, which is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the first indication information may include the indication information of the at least one second SRS port, which helps reduce signaling overhead.
  • the network device indicates the at least one first SRS port and/or the at least one second SRS port in a bitmap manner.
  • the number of the at least one first SRS port and/or the at least one second SRS port is relatively large or the port number is relatively long, it is indicated in a bitmap manner, which helps reduce signaling overhead.
  • the first indication information includes a second bitmap
  • the second bitmap includes a plurality of bits
  • each bit corresponds to an SRS port of the third SRS resource
  • the value of each bit is used to indicate the Whether the corresponding SRS port of the three SRS resources is used for SRS transmission.
  • a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is used for SRS transmission
  • a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is not used for SRS transmission.
  • a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is used for SRS transmission
  • a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is not used for SRS transmission.
  • the second bitmap may include 4 bits (B3-B0), each bit corresponds to an SRS port, then if the second The bitmap is 0011, a bit value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is used for SRS transmission, and a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is not used for SRS transmission, and the second bitmap indicates that SRS port 0 to SRS port 1 are used for For SRS transmission, SRS port 2 to SRS port 3 are not used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate that all SRS ports of one SRS resource are not used for SRS transmission, or all SRS ports of one SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information includes a second indication field
  • the second indication field is used to indicate that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or, the second indication field All SRS ports of the three SRS resources are used for SRS transmission.
  • An independent indication field indicates that all SRS ports of an SRS resource are used for SRS transmission, or none are used for SRS transmission. In this way, it is not necessary to separately indicate each SRS port, which is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the network device may indicate that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are not used for SRS transmission through MAC CE signaling or reserved bits in DCI signaling, or that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource Both are used for SRS transmission.
  • the network device may also use an invalid value of an existing information field in MAC CE signaling or DCI signaling, or a reserved value to indicate that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are not used for SRS transmission, or, All SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
  • the second indication field may be 1 bit.
  • the third value of the 1 bit indicates that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for transmission
  • the fourth value indicates that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are not used for transmission.
  • the value of the 1 bit indicates that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for transmission, and the value of the 1 bit indicates that there is at least one second SRS port not used for transmission in the third SRS resource,
  • the at least one second SRS port is determined according to the indication information of the at least one second SRS port, or the at least one second SRS port is determined according to the first SRS port.
  • the value of the 1 bit is the fourth value indicating that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are not used for transmission, and the value of the 1 bit is the third value indicating that there is at least one first SRS port used for transmission in the third SRS resource,
  • the at least one first SRS port is determined according to the indication information of the at least one first SRS port.
  • the third value is 1 and the fourth value is 0, or the third value is 0 and the fourth value is 1.
  • the first indication information may further include: indication information of the at least one third SRS resource.
  • the above-mentioned ports and indication information may be specific to specific SRS resources.
  • the above-mentioned port indication information is by default directed to all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set , or, for all SRS resources in the set of all SRS resources.
  • the indication information of the third SRS resource may be an identity (Identity, ID) and index of the third SRS resource, or a serial number or serial number of the third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, etc., This application is not limited thereto.
  • the first indication information further includes indication information of the first SRS resource set.
  • the indication information of the first SRS resource set may be the ID and index of the first SRS resource set, or the serial number or serial number of the first SRS resource in multiple SRS resource sets, etc. This application does not limited to this.
  • the above-mentioned SRS resource indication information and/or port indication information may be specific to a specific SRS resource set, and in other embodiments, in the case where the SRS resource indication information and/or port indication information corresponding to the SRS resource set is not configured
  • the above SRS resource indication information and/or port indication information is for a specific SRS resource set (for example, the first SRS resource set), or for all SRS resource sets.
  • the first information may further include second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the application object of the first indication information, for example, the second indication information is used to indicate The serving cell and/or the bandwidth part BWP corresponding to the first indication information.
  • the second indication information may include ID (serving cell ID) or serving cell index (serving cell index) of one or more serving cells.
  • the first indication information may be applied to the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or serving cell index.
  • the first indication information is applied to other serving cells except the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or the serving cell index.
  • the second indication information may include one or more bandwidth part (BandWidth Part, BWP) IDs or BWP indexes.
  • the first indication information may be applied to the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or the BWP index.
  • the first indication information is applied to other uplink BWPs except the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or BWP index.
  • the first indication information corresponds to all serving cells in the first serving cell list, that is, the first indication information can be applied to the first serving cell list. All serving cells in the first serving cell list, where the first serving cell list is used to indicate at least one serving cell.
  • the serving cell can also be replaced by a component carrier (Component Carrier, CC), then the second indication information can be used to indicate the carrier corresponding to the first indication information, and the first serving cell list can be replaced by First carrier list. Therefore, in the subsequent description, the component carrier and the serving cell are often used equally, or the carrier and the cell are used equally, and the two may be replaced with each other.
  • Component Carrier Component Carrier
  • the network device can perform dynamic indication of SRS resources on multiple carriers by sending the first information once, so it is not necessary to perform a separate dynamic indication of SRS resources for each carrier, which is beneficial to reduce terminal power consumption and signaling overhead.
  • the first serving cell list may include one or more serving cell IDs (or serving cell indexes), or may include one or more component carrier indications or identifiers.
  • the first serving cell list may be configured by the network device, or pre-configured.
  • the network device may configure the first serving cell list through RRC signaling.
  • the terminal device can use the same antenna switching configuration, therefore, on the serving cells in the first serving cell list, the terminal device can use the same antenna switching dynamic instruction SRS transmission can minimize terminal power consumption.
  • the first indication information corresponds to all carriers in the same frequency band (band, such as intra-band) or all cells in the same frequency band (band, such as intra-band).
  • the network device sends the first information once, and can perform SRS resource dynamic indication on multiple carriers (or cells) on one band, so it is not necessary to perform separate SRS resource dynamics on each carrier (or cell) on one band Instructions are beneficial to reduce terminal power consumption and reduce signaling overhead.
  • the second indication information also includes frequency band information.
  • the first indication information is applied to all carriers in the frequency band corresponding to the frequency band information.
  • the method 200 further includes:
  • the terminal device sends second information to the network device, where the second information includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: recommended antenna switching configuration, recommended number of receiving antennas, recommended number of transmit antennas.
  • the recommended number of receiving antennas may be the number of receiving antennas used for antenna switching, or the number of antennas used for data reception, or the number of antennas used for downlink control channel reception, or the number of antennas used for data reception and downlink control channel reception number of antennas.
  • the suggested number of transmit antennas may be the number of transmit antennas used for antenna switching, or the number of antennas used for data transmission, or the number of antennas used for uplink control channel transmission, or the number of antennas used for data transmission and uplink control channel transmission number of antennas.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the desired antenna switching configuration of the terminal device the desired number of receiving antennas, and the desired number of transmitting antennas.
  • the desired antenna switching configuration of the terminal device may include but not limited to at least one of the following:
  • the number of receiving antennas expected by the terminal device may include but not limited to at least one of the following: 1, 2, 4, 6, and 8.
  • the transmit antenna desired by the terminal device may include but not limited to at least one of the following: 1, 2, 4, and 8.
  • the terminal device can indicate to the network device the desired antenna switching mode according to its own capability or transmission requirements, so that the network device can properly configure the terminal device to optimize the configuration of the terminal device or meet the requirements of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send the second information through any uplink signaling or uplink message, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the second information is carried by at least one of the following:
  • MAC CE Uplink Control Information (UCI), Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH).
  • UCI Uplink Control Information
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the second information further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate an application object corresponding to the third indication information.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell and/or BWP corresponding to the third indication information.
  • the fourth indication information may include one or more serving cell IDs or serving cell indexes.
  • the third indication information may be applied to the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or serving cell index.
  • the third indication information is applied to other serving cells except the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or the serving cell index.
  • the fourth indication information may include one or more component carrier indications or identifications
  • the third indication information may be applied to the one or more component carrier indications or identifications of serving cells on corresponding carriers.
  • the third indication information is applied to serving cells on other carriers except one or more component carrier indications or identities.
  • the third indication information may be defaulted to correspond to the current serving cell.
  • the fourth indication information may include one or more BWP IDs or BWP indexes.
  • the third indication information may be applied to the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or BWP index.
  • the first indication information is applied to other uplink BWPs except the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or BWP index.
  • the third indication information may be defaulted to correspond to the currently activated BWP.
  • the method 200 further includes:
  • the terminal device sends third information to the network device, where the third information includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • a set of SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device is a set of SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device
  • the terminal device suggests not to use the SRS resource for transmission
  • the SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission is the SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission.
  • the terminal device may suggest the SRS resource set granularity, and/or the SRS resource granularity, and/or the transmission status indication of the SRS port granularity to the network device.
  • the terminal device may send the desired SRS resource dynamic indication to the network device.
  • the SRS port not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device may be an SRS port not used for transmission corresponding to the SRS resource suggested by the terminal device for transmission, or may also be an SRS port not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device SRS ports not used for transmission corresponding to all SRS resources in the suggested SRS resource set for transmission.
  • the SRS port not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device may correspond to a specific SRS resource, or may correspond to all SRS resources in the SRS resource set.
  • the SRS port for transmission suggested by the terminal device may be the SRS port for transmission corresponding to the SRS resource for transmission suggested by the terminal device, or may be SRS ports used for transmission corresponding to all SRS resources in the suggested SRS resource set for transmission.
  • the SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission may correspond to a specific SRS resource, or may correspond to all SRS resources in the SRS resource set.
  • the terminal device may indicate to the network device the desired SRS resource dynamic indication according to its own capability or transmission requirements, so that the network device may properly configure the terminal device to meet the requirements of the terminal device.
  • the fifth indication information may include:
  • the indication information of the SRS resource set that is not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device such as the ID and index of the SRS resource set, or the number or sequence number of the SRS resource in multiple SRS resource sets, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the fifth indication information may include:
  • the indication information of the SRS resource set used for transmission suggested by the terminal device such as the ID and index of the SRS resource set, or the number or sequence number of the SRS resource in multiple SRS resource sets, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the fifth indication information may include: indication information of an SRS resource not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device, such as the ID and index of the SRS resource, or the number of the SRS resource in the corresponding SRS resource set , or serial number, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the fifth indication information may include:
  • the indication information of the SRS resource used for transmission suggested by the terminal device such as the ID and index of the SRS resource, or the serial number or serial number of the SRS resource in the corresponding SRS resource set, the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device may also indicate the suggested SRS resources for transmission and the suggested SRS resources not used for transmission in an SRS resource set through a bitmap.
  • indication methods refer to the relevant description of the first bitmap. For the sake of brevity, no more details are given here.
  • the fifth indication information may include:
  • the indication information of the SRS port used for transmission suggested by the terminal device such as the port number and index of the SRS port, or the number or sequence number of the SRS port in the corresponding SRS resource, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the fifth indication information may include:
  • the indication information of the SRS port not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device such as the port number and index of the SRS port, or the number or serial number of the SRS port in the corresponding SRS resource, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the terminal device may also indicate the suggested SRS port for transmission and the suggested SRS port not used for transmission in an SRS resource through a bitmap.
  • the specific indication method refer to the relevant description of the second bitmap. For the sake of brevity, no more details are given here.
  • the terminal device may send the third information through any uplink signaling or uplink message, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the third information is carried by at least one of the following: MAC CE, UCI, and PUCCH.
  • the third information further includes sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the application object corresponding to the fifth indication information.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell and/or BWP corresponding to the fifth indication information.
  • the sixth indication information may include one or more serving cell IDs or serving cell indexes.
  • the fifth indication information may be applied to the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or serving cell index.
  • the fifth indication information may be applied to other serving cells except the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or serving cell index.
  • the sixth indication information may include one or more component carrier indications or identifications
  • the fifth indication information may be applied to the one or more component carrier indications or identifications of serving cells on corresponding carriers.
  • the fifth indication information is applied to serving cells on other carriers except one or more component carrier indications or identities.
  • the fifth indication information may be defaulted to correspond to the current serving cell.
  • the sixth indication information may include one or more BWP IDs or BWP indexes.
  • the fifth indication information may be applied to the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or the BWP index.
  • the fifth indication information may be applied to other uplink BWPs except the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or BWP index.
  • the fifth indication information may be defaulted to correspond to the currently activated BWP.
  • the method 200 also includes:
  • the terminal device reports first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information indicates that the terminal device supports at least one of the first information, antenna switching dynamic indication, and SRS resource dynamic indication Perform SRS transmission.
  • the terminal device can indicate to the network device that it supports dynamic indication of SRS resources, or in other words, support the network device to change the parameters of the SRS resource set by using the dynamic indication of SRS resources.
  • the network device can indicate the change of the transmission state of the SRS resource set parameters, or the transmission state of the SRS resource set parameters after the change, without reconfiguring the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, so that the terminal device can
  • the dynamic indication of SRS resources for SRS transmission is beneficial to reduce the delay of changing the antenna switching mechanism, realize the rapid adjustment of SRS resource set parameters, and reduce signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device may send the first capability information through any uplink signaling or uplink message, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the first capability information is carried by at least one of the following: MAC CE and RRC signaling.
  • the first capability information may also be used to indicate a target frequency band and/or a target carrier, and serving cells on the target frequency band and/or serving cells on the target carrier may be configured in the same serving cell list.
  • the network device can know that the terminal device can use the same antenna on the target frequency band, so that the aforementioned first serving cell list or first carrier list can be generated based on the target frequency band information .
  • the network device can know that the target carrier of the terminal device on the target frequency band can use the same antenna, so that the aforementioned first A list of serving cells, or a list of first carriers.
  • the configuration granularity of the first capability information includes at least one of the following:
  • frequency band frequency band combination, each frequency band in the frequency band combination, each carrier on each frequency band in the frequency band combination, frequency band range, user equipment.
  • the first capability information is reported for a frequency band (band), that is, different frequency bands may independently report the corresponding first capability information. That is, the first capability information is per band (per band) granularity.
  • the terminal device independently reports the corresponding first capability information for different frequency bands, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to report the first capability information. For example, the terminal device can report that the first frequency band supports SRS transmission according to the dynamic indication of SRS resources. Other frequency bands do not support dynamic SRS resource indication for SRS transmission, so that more terminal devices can support SRS transmission according to the dynamic SRS resource indication.
  • the first capability information is reported for a frequency band combination (band combination, BC), that is, different frequency band combinations can independently report the corresponding first capability information. That is, the first capability information is per frequency band combination (per BC) granularity.
  • the terminal device independently reports the corresponding first capability information for different frequency band combinations, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to report the first capability information. For example, the terminal device can report that the first frequency band combination supports SRS transmission according to the dynamic indication of SRS resources. , other frequency band combinations do not support SRS resource dynamic indication for SRS transmission, so that more terminal devices can support SRS transmission according to the SRS resource dynamic indication.
  • the first capability information is reported independently for each frequency band in the frequency band combination, that is, each frequency band in a different frequency band combination may independently report the corresponding first capability information. That is, the first capability information is per band per BC granularity.
  • the terminal device independently reports the corresponding first capability information for each frequency band in different frequency band combinations, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to report the first capability information. For example, the terminal device can report that the first frequency band combination does not support SRS Dynamic resource indication for SRS transmission, and SRS resource dynamic indication for SRS transmission is supported on a certain frequency band in the second frequency band combination, so that more terminal devices can support SRS transmission according to the SRS resource dynamic indication.
  • the first capability information is reported independently for each carrier in each frequency band in the frequency band combination, that is, each carrier in each frequency band in different frequency band combinations may independently report the corresponding first capability information. That is, the first capability information is per frequency band combination per frequency band per carrier (per CC per band per BC) granularity.
  • the terminal device independently reports the corresponding first capability information for each carrier in each frequency band in different frequency band combinations, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to report the first capability information.
  • the terminal device can report the first capability information in the first frequency band combination It does not support SRS transmission based on dynamic indication of SRS resources, but supports dynamic indication of SRS resources for SRS transmission on a certain carrier in a certain frequency band in the second frequency band combination, so that more terminal devices can support dynamic SRS transmission based on SRS resources. Indicates SRS transmission.
  • the first capability information is reported for a frequency range (Frequency range, FR), that is, different FRs can independently report the corresponding first capability information. That is, the first capability information is per FR (per FR) granularity, for example, the first frequency range (FR1) and the second frequency range (FR2) independently report the corresponding first capability information.
  • the terminal device independently reports the corresponding first capability information for different FRs, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to report the first capability information. For example, the terminal device may not support SRS transmission according to the dynamic indication of SRS resources on FR1, but on FR2 The dynamic SRS resource indication is not supported for SRS transmission, so that more terminal devices can support SRS transmission according to the SRS resource dynamic indication.
  • the method 200 further includes:
  • the terminal device performs SRS transmission according to the first information.
  • the terminal device performs SRS transmission on the at least one SRS resource in the first SRS resource set; and/or
  • the terminal device performs SRS transmission on at least one first SRS port of the third SRS resource.
  • the terminal device may perform SRS transmission according to the resource type of the first SRS resource set.
  • the terminal device may perform SRS transmission according to the period and time slot offset of the SRS signal.
  • the resource type of the first SRS resource set is aperiodic, and the terminal device may perform SRS transmission based on trigger signaling (for example, DCI) of the network device.
  • trigger signaling for example, DCI
  • the 2T4R antenna switching is taken as an example to describe the specific implementation of the first information, but the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the network device configures the first SRS resource set for the terminal device through RRC signaling for 2T4R antenna switching, wherein the first SRS resource set includes two SRS resources (respectively denoted as SRS resource A and SRS resource B), each SRS resource includes 2 SRS ports (respectively marked as SRS port A and SRS port B).
  • the usage (usage) domain (field or field) in the RRC information element (Information Element, IE) corresponding to the first SRS resource set is set to "antennaSwitching", indicating that the first SRS resource set is used for the antenna switch.
  • the resourceType in the SRS-ResourceSet parameter corresponding to the first SRS resource set is configured as one of the following: aperiodic (aperiodic), semi-persistent (semiPersistent), and periodic (periodic).
  • the terminal device When the terminal device performs SRS transmission, it performs SRS transmission according to the two SRS resources.
  • the network device can indicate the transmission status of the SRS resource granularity.
  • the terminal device receives first information sent by the network device through MAC CE signaling, the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
  • Example 1 The first indication information indicates that SRS resource A is used for transmission.
  • Example 2 The first indication information indicates that the SRS resource B is not used for transmission.
  • Example 3 The first indication information indicates that SRS resource A is used for transmission, and SRS resource B is not used for transmission.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device performs SRS transmission, it only performs SRS transmission according to SRS resource A, or in other words, only transmits SRS resource A.
  • the transmission performed by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource set is equivalent to 2T2R transmission.
  • the terminal device may indicate through the second information that the desired antenna switching configuration is 2T2R, and the network device may pass
  • the first information indicates that one of the two SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission, that is, indicates the change of the transmission state of the SRS resource, or the transmission state of the SRS resource after the change, without reconfiguring the SRS resource set through RRC signaling parameter, which is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device may use the third information to indicate that the SRS resource not recommended for transmission is SRS resource B, Or the SRS resource suggested for transmission is SRS resource A, or, only one of the two SRS resources is suggested for transmission, then the network device may indicate one of the two SRS resources through the first information (such as SRS Resource A) is used for SRS transmission, that is, indicating the change of the transmission state of the SRS resource, or the transmission state of the SRS resource after the change, without reconfiguring the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, which is conducive to reducing signaling overhead.
  • the first information such as SRS Resource A
  • the terminal device may also receive a first serving cell list configured by the network device through RRC signaling, where the first serving cell list is used to indicate serving cell 1 and serving cell 3 . If the first information further includes second indication information for indicating serving cell 1, the first indication information is applied to all serving cells in the serving cell list corresponding to serving cell 1, that is, to serving cell 1 and serving cell 3 .
  • the first indication information may be indicated in the following manner:
  • Mode 1 Suppose the ID of the first SRS resource set is Z, and SRS resource A is the first SRS resource in the SRS resource set. Then, the first indication information may indicate that the first resource in the SRS resource set with the ID of Z in the serving cell 3 is used for SRS transmission.
  • Method 2 Suppose the ID of the first SRS resource set is Z, the ID of SRS resource A is ID1, and the ID of SRS resource B is DI2. Then, the first indication information may indicate that the SRS resource whose ID is ID1 in the serving cell 3 is used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate the number of the SRS resource used for SRS transmission in the corresponding SRS resource set, or the ID of the SRS resource.
  • the first indication information may be indicated in the following manner:
  • Mode 1 Suppose the ID of the first SRS resource set is Z, and SRS resource B is the second SRS resource in the SRS resource set. Then, the first indication information may indicate that the second resource in the SRS resource set with the ID of Z in the serving cell 3 is not used for SRS transmission.
  • Method 2 Suppose the ID of the first SRS resource set is Z, the ID of SRS resource B is ID2, and the ID of SRS resource B is DI2. Then, the first indication information may indicate that the SRS resource whose ID is ID2 in the serving cell 3 is not used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information may be used to indicate the number of the SRS resource not used for SRS transmission in the corresponding SRS resource set, or the ID of the SRS resource.
  • the MAC CE signaling may include:
  • Indication information of SRS resource A indicating that SRS resource A is used for SRS transmission.
  • the first information may also include at least one of the following information:
  • the cell indication information may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information
  • the BWP indication information may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
  • the indication information of the first SRS resource set such as the SRS resource set ID.
  • the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the format of a MAC CE according to Example 1.
  • the cell ID in Figure 4 corresponds to the previous cell indication information
  • the BWP ID corresponds to the previous BWP indication information
  • the SRS resource set ID corresponds to the indication information of the first SRS resource set
  • the SRS resource ID corresponds to the indication information of SRS resource A
  • R Indicates a reserved bit.
  • this R can also be used to indicate other information.
  • the usage of the SRS resource set indicated by the SRS resource set ID is set to "antennaSwitching".
  • the MAC CE of the example in Figure 4 can contain multiple SRS resource ID fields.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of the format of a MAC CE indicating that two SRS resources are used for transmission as an example.
  • the MAC CE format can be similarly extended. Taking two SRS resource sets as an example, as shown in Figure 6, the MAC CE can include:
  • SRS Resource ID 1-X used to indicate that the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 1 is used for transmission.
  • SRS Resource ID 2-X is used to indicate that the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 2 is used for transmission.
  • the MAC CE signaling may include:
  • Indication information of SRS resource B indicating that SRS resource B is used for SRS transmission.
  • the first information may also include at least one of the following information:
  • the cell indication information may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information
  • the BWP indication information may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
  • the indication information of the first SRS resource set such as the SRS resource set ID.
  • the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
  • the network device can use the similar MAC CE format in Figure 4 to Figure 6 to indicate the SRS resources not used for transmission, the difference is that the SRS resource ID corresponds to the indication information of SRS resource B, that is, the SRS not used for SRS transmission The ID of the resource.
  • the following contents may be included in the MAC CE signaling:
  • the indication information of SRS resource A which indicates that SRS resource A is used for SRS transmission
  • the indication information of SRS resource B indicates that SRS resource B is not used for SRS transmission.
  • the MAC CE signaling may also include at least one of the following information:
  • the cell indication information may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information
  • the BWP indication information may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
  • the indication information of the first SRS resource set such as the SRS resource set ID.
  • the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
  • the network device may indicate the SRS resources used for SRS transmission and those not used for SRS transmission in an SRS resource set in a bitmap manner.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of the format of MAC CE indicating SRS resources used for SRS transmission and not used for SRS transmission through a bitmap. Wherein, the cell ID corresponds to the above cell indication information;
  • the BWP ID corresponds to the BWP indication information above;
  • the SRS resource set ID corresponds to the indication information of the first SRS resource set, optionally, the usage of the SRS resource set indicated by the SRS resource set ID is set to 'antennaSwitching';
  • C1-C8 respectively correspond to the first bitmap above. Indicates whether the SRS resources in an SRS resource set are used for transmission by means of a bitmap;
  • R represents a reserved bit, and optionally, this R may also be used to indicate other information.
  • Ci corresponds to the i-th SRS resource in the first SRS resource set.
  • Ci corresponds to the 8-ith SRS resource in the first SRS resource set.
  • Ci is related to the size of the SRS resource ID.
  • the IDs corresponding to the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set correspond to C1-C8 in descending order.
  • IDs corresponding to SRS resources in the first SRS resource set correspond to C1-C8 in ascending order.
  • C1 corresponds to the SRS resource with the smallest ID in the first SRS resource set
  • C8 corresponds to the SRS resource with the largest ID in the first SRS resource set.
  • C1 corresponds to the SRS resource with the largest ID in the first SRS resource set
  • C8 corresponds to the SRS resource with the smallest ID in the first SRS resource set.
  • the value of Ci is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS resource is used for transmission, for example, a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is used for transmission, and a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is not used for transmission, or the value of A value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is not used for transmission, and a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is used for transmission.
  • the actual number of bits carrying information in C1-C8 may be determined according to the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource set. For example, if the first SRS resource set includes 4 SRS resources, the four bits of C1-C8 (for example, C1-C4, or C5-C8) carry information, and the other bits are ignored, or in other words, do not need read.
  • C1-C8 for example, C1-C4, or C5-C8
  • the MAC CE may include a first indication field, and all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for transmission, or none are used for transmission.
  • the first indication field can be implemented by an R field in the MAC CE.
  • the R field can be recorded as an F field, and the value of the F field is used to indicate all SRSs in the first SRS resource set Resources are either used for transfers, or neither are used for transfers.
  • taking the first value indicates that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for transmission
  • taking the second value indicates that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for transmission
  • the F field is 1 bit, the first value is 1, and the second value is 0.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the MAC CE format including the first indication domain (i.e. the F domain).
  • the MAC CE may not include the words in Figure 7. Section 3 (oct3).
  • the F field takes a first value to indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for transmission.
  • the MAC CE may take a second value as shown in FIG. 8 to indicate that the first SRS resource In an SRS resource set, there are SRS resources used for transmission, or there are SRS resources not used for transmission.
  • bitmaps can be used to indicate which SRS resources are used for transmission and which SRS resources are not used for transmission.
  • the MAC CE format can be as shown in Figure 9, wherein, the meaning of each bit in byte 3 refers to Figure 7 related instructions in .
  • the MAC CE format can also be as shown in the foregoing Figure 4 or Figure 5.
  • FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are only examples, and the F domain can also be implemented by using other R domains in the MAC CE, which is not limited in this application.
  • each SRS resource set corresponds to a bitmap, wherein C1-C8 in the row corresponding to byte 3 (Oct3) is used to indicate the SRS resource set ID 1 indicates Whether the SRS resource in the SRS resource set is used for transmission, C1-C8 in the row corresponding to byte 5 (Oct5) is used to indicate whether the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 2 is used for transmission.
  • each SRS resource set corresponds to a bitmap, wherein C1-C8 in the row corresponding to byte 3 (Oct3) is used to indicate SRS resource set ID 1 Whether the SRS resource in the indicated SRS resource set is used for transmission, C1-C8 in the row corresponding to byte 5 (Oct5) is used to indicate whether the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 2 is used for transmission.
  • the network device can perform SRS port granularity transmission state indication.
  • the terminal device receives first information sent by the network device through MAC CE signaling, the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
  • Example 4 The first indication information indicates the SRS port A used for transmission.
  • Example 5 The first indication information indicates the SRS port B not used for transmission.
  • Example 6 The first indication information indicates SRS port A used for transmission, and indicates SRS port B not used for transmission.
  • the terminal device transmits the SRS, it only transmits the SRS from the SRS port A.
  • the SRS transmission performed by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource set is equivalent to 1T2R transmission. That is, it is equivalent to the SRS resource of a single port for each transmission.
  • the terminal device may indicate through the second information that the desired antenna switching configuration is 1T2R, and the network device may pass
  • the first information indicates that an SRS port in the SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission, that is, indicates a change in the transmission state of the SRS port, or the transmission state of the SRS port after the change, without reconfiguring the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, It is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device may use the third information to indicate that the SRS port that is not recommended for transmission is SRS resource B, Or the SRS port suggested for transmission is SRS port A, or, it is suggested that only one of the two SRS ports is used for transmission, then the network device can indicate one of the two SRS ports through the first information (such as SRS Port A) is used for SRS transmission, that is, indicating the change of the transmission state of the SRS port, or the transmission state of the SRS port after the change, without reconfiguring the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, which is conducive to reducing signaling overhead.
  • the first information such as SRS Port A
  • the terminal device may also receive a first serving cell list configured by the network device through RRC signaling, where the first serving cell list is used to indicate serving cell 1 and serving cell 3 . If the first information further includes second indication information for indicating serving cell 1, the first indication information is applicable to all serving cells in the serving cell list corresponding to serving cell 1, that is, serving cell 1 and serving cell 3.
  • the first indication information may indicate that the SRS port A of the SRS resource in the SRS resource set with the ID of Z in the serving cell 3 is used for SRS transmission.
  • the MAC CE signaling may include:
  • Indication information of SRS port A indicating that SRS port A is used for SRS transmission.
  • the first information may also include at least one of the following information:
  • the cell indication information may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information
  • the BWP indication information may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
  • Indication information of the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS port such as the SRS resource ID;
  • the indication information of the first SRS resource set such as the SRS resource set ID.
  • the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the format of a MAC CE according to Example 4.
  • the cell ID in Figure 12 corresponds to the previous cell indication information
  • the BWP ID corresponds to the previous BWP indication information
  • the SRS resource set ID corresponds to the indication information of the first SRS resource set
  • the SRS port indication corresponds to the indication information of the SRS port A
  • R Indicates a reserved bit.
  • this R can also be used to indicate other information.
  • the usage of the SRS resource set indicated by the SRS resource set ID is set to 'antennaSwitching';
  • the MAC CE format in Figure 12 can be similarly extended, taking two SRS resource sets as an example, as shown in Figure 13, the MAC CE can include:
  • the SRS port indication 1 is used to indicate the SRS port used for transmission of the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by the SRS resource set ID 1.
  • the SRS port indication 2 is used to indicate the SRS port used for transmission of the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by the SRS resource set ID 2.
  • the first information may include:
  • Indication information of SRS port B indicating that SRS port B is used for SRS transmission.
  • the first information may also include at least one of the following information:
  • the cell indication information may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information
  • the BWP indication information may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
  • Indication information of the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS port B such as the SRS resource ID;
  • the indication information of the first SRS resource set such as the SRS resource set ID.
  • the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
  • Example 5 the MAC CE format similar to that shown in Figure 12 to Figure 13 can be used to indicate the SRS port not used for transmission, the difference is that the SRS port indication corresponds to the SRS port not used for SRS transmission.
  • the MAC CE signaling contains the following content:
  • Indication information of SRS port A that is, indicating that SRS port A is used for SRS transmission
  • the indication information of the SRS port B indicates that the SRS port B is not used for SRS transmission.
  • the MAC CE signaling may also include at least one of the following information:
  • the cell indication information may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information
  • the BWP indication information may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
  • SRS resource indication information corresponding to SRS port A and SRS port B such as SRS resource ID
  • the indication information of the first SRS resource set such as the SRS resource set ID.
  • the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
  • the network device may indicate the SRS ports used for SRS transmission and those not used for SRS transmission in the SRS resource in a bitmap manner.
  • Example 6 may use the MAC CE format indication in FIG. 14 .
  • the meanings of the fields in Figure 14 are as follows:
  • the cell ID corresponds to the cell indication information above;
  • the BWP ID corresponds to the BWP indication information above;
  • the SRS resource set ID corresponds to the indication information of the first SRS resource set
  • P1 ⁇ P8 respectively correspond to the second bitmap above, and indicate whether all SRS ports included in an SRS resource are used for transmission through the bitmap mode;
  • R represents a reserved bit, and optionally, this R may also be used to indicate other information.
  • Pi corresponds to the i-th SRS port in the SRS resource.
  • Pi corresponds to the 8-ith SRS port in the SRS resource.
  • the value of Pi is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS port is used for transmission, for example, a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is used for transmission, a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is not used for transmission, or a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is not used for transmission, and a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is used for transmission.
  • the number of bits actually carrying information in P1-P8 may be determined according to the number of SRS ports included in the SRS resource. For example, if the SRS resource includes 4 SRS ports, four bits of P1-P8 (for example, P1-P4, or P5-P8) carry information, and other bits are ignored, or do not need to be interpreted.
  • P1-P8 for example, P1-P4, or P5-P8
  • sequence of bits in FIG. 14 is only an example, and the sequence of P8-P1 may also be used, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the MAC CE signaling may include a second indication field, which is used to indicate that all SRS ports included in the SRS resource are used for transmission, or none of them are used for transmission.
  • the second indication field may be an R field in the MAC CE.
  • the R field may also be recorded as an F field, and the value of the F field is used to indicate that all SRS ports of the SRS resource are used for transmission, or neither is used for transmission.
  • taking the first value indicates that all SRS ports included in the SRS resource are used for transmission
  • taking the second value indicates that all SRS ports included in the SRS resource are not used for transmission.
  • the F field is 1 bit
  • the first value is 1, and the second value is 0.
  • the MAC CE including the second indication field may also adopt the format in FIG. 8 .
  • the F field takes the first value to indicate that all SRS ports of the SRS resource are used for transmission.
  • the MAC CE can be as shown in FIG.
  • the MAC CE format can be as shown in Figure 16.
  • FIG. 15 and FIG. 16 are only examples, and the F domain can also be implemented by using other R domains in the MAC CE, which is not limited in this application.
  • each SRS resource set corresponds to a bitmap, wherein P1-P8 in the row corresponding to byte 3 (Oct3) is used to indicate the SRS resource set ID 1 indicates Whether the SRS port included in the SRS resource in the SRS resource set is used for transmission, P1 ⁇ P8 in the row corresponding to byte 5 (Oct5) is used to indicate whether the SRS port of the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 2 is for transmission.
  • each SRS resource set corresponds to a bitmap, wherein P1-P8 in the row corresponding to byte 3 (Oct3) is used to indicate SRS resource set ID 1 Whether the SRS port of the SRS resource in the indicated SRS resource set is used for transmission, P1 ⁇ P8 in the row corresponding to byte 5 (Oct5) is used to indicate the SRS port of the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 2 Whether to use for transmission.
  • Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 above may be implemented independently, or may also be implemented in combination, for example, the foregoing Examples 1 to 3 may be combined with any of Examples 4 to 6.
  • the MAC CE format can carry the information in the above two embodiments, for example, the indication information of the SRS resource and the SRS port indication.
  • the MAC CE format can be flexibly adjusted according to the information content that needs to be carried, for example,
  • the format of the MAC CE carrying the SRS resource indication information and the SRS port indication information can be shown in Figure 19. It should be understood that the content of byte 3 in Figure 19 can be replaced by byte 3 in Figure 7, byte 3 in Figure 19 The content of 4 can be replaced by byte 3 in Figure 14.
  • the network device can dynamically indicate the changed SRS resource set parameters through the first information indicating the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameters, for example, the SRS resource set parameters that need to be changed due to the change of the antenna switching mechanism, without
  • the network device can dynamically indicate the changed SRS resource set parameters through the first information indicating the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameters, for example, the SRS resource set parameters that need to be changed due to the change of the antenna switching mechanism, without
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • Fig. 20 shows a schematic block diagram of a terminal device 400 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 400 includes:
  • the communication unit 410 is configured to receive first information sent by the network device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
  • the first information is carried by at least one of the following:
  • the communication unit 410 is also used to:
  • the resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is aperiodic; or,
  • the resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: semi-persistent, periodic; or
  • the resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: aperiodic, semi-persistent, and periodic.
  • the first indication information includes a first indication field, and the first indication field is used to indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or, the All SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information includes:
  • the indication information of the at least one first SRS resource includes: an ID of the at least one first SRS resource;
  • the indication information of the at least one second SRS resource includes: an ID of the at least one second SRS resource.
  • the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS resource and/or the at least one second SRS resource in a bitmap manner.
  • the first indication information includes a first bitmap, and the first bitmap includes a plurality of bits, each bit corresponds to an SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, and each bit The value of is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information of the at least one first SRS port includes: the port number of the at least one first SRS port;
  • the indication information of the at least one second SRS port includes: a port number of the at least one second SRS port.
  • the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS port and/or the at least one second SRS port in a bitmap manner.
  • the first indication information includes a second bitmap
  • the second bitmap includes a plurality of bits, each bit corresponds to an SRS port of the third SRS resource, and each bit The value is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS port of the third SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information includes a second indication field
  • the second indication field is used to indicate that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission , or, all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information further includes:
  • the first indication information further includes indication information of the first SRS resource set.
  • the first information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the serving cell corresponding to the first indication information and/or the serving cell corresponding to the first indication information.
  • the first indication information corresponds to all serving cells in the first serving cell list, wherein the The first serving cell list is used to indicate at least one serving cell.
  • the first indication information corresponds to all carriers in the same frequency band.
  • the communication unit 410 is also used to:
  • the second information includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: recommended antenna switching configuration, recommended number of receiving antennas, recommended number of transmit antennas.
  • the second information is carried by at least one of the following:
  • the second information further includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell corresponding to the third indication information/or the serving cell corresponding to the third indication information The BWP.
  • the communication unit 410 is also used to:
  • the third information includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • a set of SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device is a set of SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device
  • the SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission is the SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission.
  • the third information is carried by at least one of the following:
  • the third information further includes sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell corresponding to the fifth indication information and/or the sixth indication information. Corresponding BWP.
  • the communication unit 410 is also used to:
  • first capability information indicates that the terminal device supports SRS transmission according to at least one of the first information, antenna switching dynamic indication, and SRS resource dynamic indication.
  • the first capability information is sent through radio resource control RRC signaling and/or MAC CE.
  • the first capability information is also used to indicate the target frequency band and/or the target carrier, and the serving cell on the target frequency band and/or the serving cell on the target carrier can be configured in the same service in the district list.
  • the configuration granularity of the first capability information includes at least one of the following:
  • frequency band frequency band combination, each frequency band in the frequency band combination, each carrier on each frequency band in the frequency band combination, frequency band range, user equipment.
  • the communication unit 410 is also used to:
  • the above-mentioned communication unit may be a communication interface or a transceiver, or an input-output interface of a communication chip or a system-on-chip.
  • the aforementioned processing unit may be one or more processors.
  • terminal device 400 may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment of the present application, and the above-mentioned and other operations and/or functions of each unit in the terminal device 400 are to realize the For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process of the terminal device in the shown method 200 will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 500 of FIG. 5 includes:
  • a communication unit 510 configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission;
  • At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
  • the first information is carried by at least one of the following:
  • the communication unit 510 is also used to:
  • the resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is aperiodic; or,
  • the resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: semi-persistent, periodic; or
  • the resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: aperiodic, semi-persistent, and periodic.
  • the first indication information includes a first indication field, and the first indication field is used to indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or, the All SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information includes:
  • the indication information of the at least one first SRS resource includes: an ID of the at least one first SRS resource;
  • the indication information of the at least one second SRS resource includes: an ID of the at least one second SRS resource.
  • the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS resource and/or the at least one second SRS resource in a bitmap manner.
  • the first indication information includes a first bitmap, and the first bitmap includes a plurality of bits, each bit corresponds to an SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, and each bit The value of is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information of the at least one first SRS port includes: the port number of the at least one first SRS port;
  • the indication information of the at least one second SRS port includes: a port number of the at least one second SRS port.
  • the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS port and/or the at least one second SRS port in a bitmap manner.
  • the first indication information includes a second bitmap
  • the second bitmap includes a plurality of bits, each bit corresponds to an SRS port of the third SRS resource, and each bit The value is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS port of the third SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information further includes: indication information of the at least one third SRS resource.
  • the first indication information includes a second indication field
  • the second indication field is used to indicate that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission , or, all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
  • the first indication information further includes indication information of the first SRS resource set. 17.
  • the first indication information corresponds to all serving cells in the first serving cell list, wherein the The first serving cell list is used to indicate at least one serving cell.
  • the first indication information corresponds to all carriers in the same frequency band.
  • the communication unit 410 is also used to:
  • the second information includes third indication information
  • the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a suggested antenna switching configuration, a suggested number of receiving antennas, Recommended number of transmit antennas.
  • the second information is carried by at least one of the following:
  • the second information further includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell corresponding to the third indication information/or the serving cell corresponding to the third indication information The BWP.
  • the communication unit is also used for:
  • the third information includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • a set of SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device is a set of SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device
  • the SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission is the SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission.
  • the third information is carried by at least one of the following:
  • the third information further includes sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell corresponding to the fifth indication information and/or the sixth indication information. Corresponding BWP.
  • the communication unit 510 is also used to:
  • the terminal device receiving first capability information reported by the terminal device, where the first capability information indicates that the terminal device supports SRS transmission according to at least one of the first information, an antenna switching dynamic indication, and an SRS resource dynamic indication.
  • the first capability information is sent through radio resource control RRC signaling and/or MAC CE.
  • the first capability information is also used to indicate the target frequency band and/or the target carrier, and the serving cell on the target frequency band and/or the serving cell on the target carrier can be configured in the same service in the district list.
  • the configuration granularity of the first capability information includes at least one of the following:
  • frequency band frequency band combination, each frequency band in the frequency band combination, each carrier on each frequency band in the frequency band combination, frequency band range, user equipment.
  • the communication unit 510 is also used to:
  • An SRS is received on at least one first SRS port of the third SRS resource.
  • the above-mentioned communication unit may be a communication interface or a transceiver, or an input-output interface of a communication chip or a system-on-chip.
  • the aforementioned processing unit may be one or more processors.
  • the network device 500 may correspond to the network device in the method embodiment of the present application, and the above-mentioned and other operations and/or functions of each unit in the network device 500 are to realize the For the sake of brevity, the corresponding flow of the network device in the shown method 200 is not repeated here.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 600 shown in FIG. 22 includes a processor 610, and the processor 610 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 600 may further include a memory 620 .
  • the processor 610 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 620, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 620 may be an independent device independent of the processor 610 , or may be integrated in the processor 610 .
  • the communication device 600 may further include a transceiver 630, and the processor 610 may control the transceiver 630 to communicate with other devices, specifically, to send information or data to other devices, or receive other Information or data sent by the device.
  • the transceiver 630 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 630 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 600 may specifically be the network device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here. .
  • the communication device 600 may specifically be the mobile terminal/terminal device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application, for the sake of brevity , which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 700 shown in FIG. 23 includes a processor 710, and the processor 710 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 700 may further include a memory 720 .
  • the processor 710 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 720, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 720 may be an independent device independent of the processor 710 , or may be integrated in the processor 710 .
  • the chip 700 may also include an input interface 730 .
  • the processor 710 can control the input interface 730 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 700 may also include an output interface 740 .
  • the processor 710 can control the output interface 740 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 23 , the communication system 900 includes a terminal device 910 and a network device 920 .
  • the terminal device 910 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the terminal device in the above method
  • the network device 920 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the network device in the above method.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available Program logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or Flash.
  • the volatile memory can be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM Static Random Access Memory
  • SRAM Static Random Access Memory
  • DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory
  • Direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is, the memory in the embodiments of the present application is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application , for the sake of brevity, it is not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
  • the computer program product may be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the Let me repeat for the sake of brevity, the Let me repeat.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application, For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
  • the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program executes the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program executes the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program executes each method in the embodiment of the present application to be implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device
  • the corresponding process will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Abstract

A wireless communication method, and a terminal device and a network device. The method comprises: a terminal device receiving first information sent by a network device, wherein the first information comprises first indication information, and the first indication information is used for indicating at least one of the following: at least one first sounding reference signal (SRS) resource, in a first SRS resource set, being used for SRS transmission; or at least one second SRS resource, in the first SRS resource set, not being used for SRS transmission; or at least one first SRS port, of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, being used for SRS transmission; or at least one second SRS port, of the at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, not being used for SRS transmission.

Description

无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device 技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,具体涉及一种无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and in particular to a wireless communication method, a terminal device, and a network device.
背景技术Background technique
在新无线(New Radio,NR)系统中,网络设备可以利用信道互易性通过测量探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)获取下行信道信息。受限于成本和硬件的限制,终端设备的发送天线的数量可能少于接收天线的数量,为了支持发送天线数少于接收天线数的终端设备也能通过信道互易性获取下行信道信息,NR系统支持采用SRS天线切换发送的方式来获取下行信道信息。In the New Radio (NR) system, network devices can use channel reciprocity to obtain downlink channel information by measuring the sounding reference signal (SRS). Limited by cost and hardware, the number of transmitting antennas of a terminal device may be less than the number of receiving antennas. In order to support terminal devices with fewer transmitting antennas than receiving antennas, they can also obtain downlink channel information through channel reciprocity. NR The system supports the use of SRS antenna switching to obtain downlink channel information.
网络设备通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令指示用于天线切换的SRS资源集参数后,终端设备按照该SRS资源集参数来进行SRS的传输。在一些情况下,由于从一些因素考虑(例如节约SRS资源开销、降低终端功耗等),需要变更天线切换机制,在这种情况下,网络设备需要通过RRC信令重配置SRS资源集参数,导致天线切换机制变更的延时较大,同时信令开销也比较大。After the network device indicates the SRS resource set parameters used for antenna switching through radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling, the terminal device performs SRS transmission according to the SRS resource set parameters. In some cases, due to some factors (such as saving SRS resource overhead, reducing terminal power consumption, etc.), it is necessary to change the antenna switching mechanism. In this case, the network device needs to reconfigure the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling. The delay resulting in the change of the antenna switching mechanism is relatively large, and the signaling overhead is also relatively large.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备,有利于降低天线切换机制变更的延时,同时有利于降低信令开销。The present application provides a wireless communication method, a terminal device, and a network device, which are beneficial to reducing the delay of changing an antenna switching mechanism and simultaneously reducing signaling overhead.
第一方面,提供了一种无线通信的方法,包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一信息,其中,所述第一信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:In a first aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, including: a terminal device receiving first information sent by a network device, wherein the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the following At least one of:
第一探测参考信号SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输;或At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第二SRS资源不用于SRS传输;或at least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于SRS传输;或at least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第二SRS端口不用于SRS传输。At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
第二方面,提供了一种无线通信的方法,包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,其中,所述第一信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:In a second aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, including: a network device sending first information to a terminal device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the following At least one of:
所述第一探测参考信号SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输;或At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第二SRS资源不用于SRS传输;或at least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于SRS传输;或at least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第二SRS端口不用于SRS传输。At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
第三方面,提供了一种终端设备,用于执行上述第一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a third aspect, a terminal device is provided, configured to execute the method in the foregoing first aspect or various implementation manners thereof.
具体地,该终端设备包括用于执行上述第一方面或其各实现方式中的方法的功能模块。Specifically, the terminal device includes a functional module for executing the method in the above first aspect or its various implementation manners.
第四方面,提供了一种网络设备,用于执行上述第二方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a fourth aspect, a network device is provided, configured to execute the method in the foregoing second aspect or various implementation manners thereof.
具体地,该网络设备包括用于执行上述第二方面或其各实现方式中的方法的功能模块。Specifically, the network device includes a functional module for executing the method in the above second aspect or each implementation manner thereof.
第五方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述第一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a fifth aspect, a terminal device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the above first aspect or its various implementations.
第六方面,提供了一种网络设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述第二方面或其各实现方式中的方法。A sixth aspect provides a network device, including a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the above second aspect or its various implementations.
第七方面,提供了一种芯片,用于实现上述第一方面至第二方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a chip is provided for implementing any one of the above first aspect to the second aspect or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
具体地,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该装置的设备执行如上述第一方面至第二方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。Specifically, the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the device executes any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or any of the implementations thereof. method.
第八方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第二方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In an eighth aspect, there is provided a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, and the computer program causes a computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,所述计算机程序指令使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第二方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。A ninth aspect provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions, the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute any one of the above first to second aspects or the method in each implementation manner.
第十方面,提供了一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第二方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer program is provided, which, when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to second aspects or the method in each implementation manner.
通过上述技术方案,网络设备可以通过第一信息指示SRS资源集参数的传输状态来动态指示发生变更的SRS资源集参数,不需要通过RRC信令重配置SRS资源集参数,有利于降低天线切换机制变更的延时,实现SRS资源集参数的快速调整,同时有利于降低信令开销。Through the above technical solution, the network device can dynamically indicate the changed SRS resource set parameters by indicating the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameters through the first information, and does not need to reconfigure the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, which is beneficial to reduce the antenna switching mechanism The delay of the change realizes the rapid adjustment of the parameters of the SRS resource set, and at the same time helps to reduce the signaling overhead.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统架构的示意性图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图2是一种SRS资源集参数的示意图。Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of SRS resource set parameters.
图3是根据本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信的方法的示意性交互图。Fig. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of a wireless communication method provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
图4是根据本申请一个实施例的指示一个SRS资源集中的用于传输或不用于传输的SRS资源的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 4 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission or not used for transmission in an SRS resource set according to an embodiment of the present application.
图5是根据本申请一个实施例的指示一个SRS资源集中的用于传输或不用于传输的的多个SRS资源的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 5 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating multiple SRS resources used for transmission or not used for transmission in an SRS resource set according to an embodiment of the present application.
图6是根据本申请一个实施例的指示多个SRS资源集中的用于传输或不用于传输的的SRS资源的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 6 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission or not used for transmission in a set of multiple SRS resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
图7是根据本申请一个实施例的指示SRS资源集中的用于传输的SRS资源以及不用于传输的SRS资源的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 7 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission and SRS resources not used for transmission in the SRS resource set according to an embodiment of the present application.
图8是根据本申请一个实施例的指示SRS资源集中的SRS资源均用于传输或均不用于传输的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 8 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating that all SRS resources in the SRS resource set are used for transmission or none are used for transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
图9是根据本申请另一个实施例的指示SRS资源集中的用于传输的SRS资源以及不用于传输的SRS资源的MAC CE格式图。9 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission and SRS resources not used for transmission in the SRS resource set according to another embodiment of the present application.
图10是根据本申请一个实施例的指示多个SRS资源集中的用于传输的SRS资源以及不用于传输的SRS资源的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 10 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission and SRS resources not used for transmission in a set of multiple SRS resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
图11是根据本申请另一个实施例的指示多个SRS资源集中的用于传输的SRS资源以及不用于传输的SRS资源的MAC CE格式图。11 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS resources used for transmission and SRS resources not used for transmission in a set of multiple SRS resources according to another embodiment of the present application.
图12是是根据本申请一个实施例的指示SRS资源集中的SRS资源的用于传输的SRS端口的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 12 is a MAC CE format diagram of an SRS port used for transmission indicating an SRS resource in an SRS resource set according to an embodiment of the present application.
图13是是根据本申请一个实施例的指示多个SRS资源集中的SRS资源的用于传输的SRS端口的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 13 is a MAC CE format diagram of an SRS port used for transmission indicating SRS resources in a plurality of SRS resource sets according to an embodiment of the present application.
图14是是根据本申请另一个实施例的指示SRS资源集中的SRS资源的用于传输的SRS端口以及不用于传输的SRS端口的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 14 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS ports used for transmission and SRS ports not used for transmission of SRS resources in the SRS resource set according to another embodiment of the present application.
图15是是根据本申请一个实施例的指示SRS资源集中的SRS资源的SRS端口均用于传输或均不用于的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 15 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating that all SRS ports of SRS resources in the SRS resource set are used for transmission or none are used according to an embodiment of the present application.
图16是是根据本申请另一个实施例的指示SRS资源集中的SRS资源的用于传输的SRS端口以及不用于传输的SRS端口的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 16 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating SRS ports used for transmission and SRS ports not used for transmission of SRS resources in the SRS resource set according to another embodiment of the present application.
图17是是根据本申请一个实施例的指示多个SRS资源集中的SRS资源的用于传输的SRS端口以及不用于传输的SRS端口的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 17 is a MAC CE format diagram of an SRS port used for transmission and an SRS port not used for transmission indicating SRS resources in a plurality of SRS resource sets according to an embodiment of the present application.
图18是是根据本申请一个实施例的指示多个SRS资源集中的SRS资源的用于传输的SRS端口以及不用于传输的SRS端口的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 18 is a MAC CE format diagram of an SRS port used for transmission and an SRS port not used for transmission indicating SRS resources in a plurality of SRS resource sets according to an embodiment of the present application.
图19是是根据本申请一个实施例的指示SRS资源集中的SRS资源和SRS端口的传输状态的MAC CE格式图。FIG. 19 is a MAC CE format diagram indicating the transmission status of SRS resources and SRS ports in the SRS resource set according to an embodiment of the present application.
图20是根据本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的示意性框图。Fig. 20 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
图21是根据本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的示意性框图。Fig. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a network device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
图22是根据本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的示意性框图。Fig. 22 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
图23是根据本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的示意性框图。Fig. 23 is a schematic block diagram of a chip provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
图24是根据本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意性框图。Fig. 24 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。针对本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. With regard to the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art without making creative efforts belong to the scope of protection of this application.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、新无线(New Radio,NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum,LTE-U)系统、非授权频谱上的NR(NR-based access  to unlicensed spectrum,NR-U)系统、非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)、第五代通信(5th-Generation,5G)系统或其他通信系统等。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (Global System of Mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) system , New Radio (NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) on unlicensed spectrum unlicensed spectrum (NR-U) system, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), Wireless Fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi), fifth-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) system or other communication systems, etc.
通常来说,传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限,也易于实现,然而,随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如,设备到设备(Device to Device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication,MTC),车辆间(Vehicle to Vehicle,V2V)通信,或车联网(Vehicle to everything,V2X)通信等,本申请实施例也可以应用于这些通信系统。Generally speaking, the number of connections supported by traditional communication systems is limited and easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, mobile communication systems will not only support traditional communication, but also support, for example, Device to Device (Device to Device, D2D) communication, Machine to Machine (M2M) communication, Machine Type Communication (MTC), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V) communication, or Vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, etc. , the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to these communication systems.
可选地,本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)场景,也可以应用于双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)场景,还可以应用于独立(Standalone,SA)布网场景。Optionally, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, may also be applied to a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, and may also be applied to an independent (Standalone, SA) deployment Web scene.
可选地,本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于非授权频谱,其中,非授权频谱也可以认为是共享频谱;或者,本申请实施例中的通信系统也可以应用于授权频谱,其中,授权频谱也可以认为是非共享频谱。Optionally, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to an unlicensed spectrum, where the unlicensed spectrum may also be considered as a shared spectrum; or, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may also be applied to a licensed spectrum, where, Licensed spectrum can also be considered as non-shared spectrum.
本申请实施例结合网络设备和终端设备描述了各个实施例,其中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, wherein the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
终端设备可以是WLAN中的站点(STATION,ST),可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、下一代通信系统例如NR网络中的终端设备,或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。The terminal device can be a station (STATION, ST) in a WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as terminal devices in NR networks, or future Terminal equipment in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, etc.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites) superior).
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是手机(Mobile Phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端设备、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备等。In this embodiment of the application, the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in smart home.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example but not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备,网络设备可以是WLAN中的接入点(Access Point,AP),GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者中继站或接入点,或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及NR网络中的网络设备(gNB)或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备或者NTN网络中的网络设备等。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may be a device for communicating with the mobile device, and the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA , or a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and an NR network The network equipment (gNB) in the network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network or the network equipment in the NTN network, etc.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以具有移动特性,例如网络设备可以为移动的设备。可选地,网络设备可以为卫星、气球站。例如,卫星可以为低地球轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(High Elliptical Orbit,HEO)卫星等。可选地,网络设备还可以为设置在陆地、水域等位置的基站。As an example but not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device. Optionally, the network equipment may be a satellite or a balloon station. For example, the satellite can be a low earth orbit (low earth orbit, LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (medium earth orbit, MEO) satellite, a geosynchronous earth orbit (geosynchronous earth orbit, GEO) satellite, a high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO) satellite. ) Satellite etc. Optionally, the network device may also be a base station installed on land, water, and other locations.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(Small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may provide services for a cell, and the terminal device communicates with the network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device ( For example, a cell corresponding to a base station), the cell may belong to a macro base station, or may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell (Small cell), and the small cell here may include: a metro cell (Metro cell), a micro cell (Micro cell), a pico cell ( Pico cell), Femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
示例性的,本申请实施例应用的通信系统100如图1所示。该通信系统100可以包括网络设备110,网络设备110可以是与终端设备120(或称为通信终端、终端)通信的设备。网络设备110可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备进行通信。Exemplarily, a communication system 100 applied in this embodiment of the application is shown in FIG. 1 . The communication system 100 may include a network device 110, and the network device 110 may be a device for communicating with a terminal device 120 (or called a communication terminal, terminal). The network device 110 can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area.
图1示例性地示出了一个网络设备和两个终端设备,可选地,该通信系统100可以包括多个网络设备并且每个网络设备的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。FIG. 1 exemplarily shows one network device and two terminal devices. Optionally, the communication system 100 may include multiple network devices and each network device may include other numbers of terminal devices within the coverage area. This application The embodiment does not limit this.
可选地,该通信系统100还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Optionally, the communication system 100 may further include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
应理解,本申请实施例中网络/系统中具有通信功能的设备可称为通信设备。以图1示出的通信系统100为例,通信设备可包括具有通信功能的网络设备110和终端设备120,网络设备110和终端设备120可以为上文所述的具体设备,此处不再赘述;通信设备还可包括通信系统100中的其他设备,例如网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例中对此不做限定。It should be understood that a device with a communication function in the network/system in the embodiment of the present application may be referred to as a communication device. Taking the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 as an example, the communication equipment may include a network equipment 110 and a terminal equipment 120 with communication functions. The network equipment 110 and the terminal equipment 120 may be the specific equipment described above, and will not be repeated here. The communication device may also include other devices in the communication system 100, such as network controllers, mobility management entities and other network entities, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
应理解,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably herein. The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and there exists alone B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。It should be understood that the "indication" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship. For example, A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
在本申请实施例的描述中,术语“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, the term "corresponding" may indicate that there is a direct or indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated, configuration and is configuration etc.
本申请实施例中,"预定义"可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。In the embodiment of this application, "predefinition" can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices). The implementation method is not limited. For example, pre-defined may refer to defined in the protocol.
本申请实施例中,所述"协议"可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the "protocol" may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems, which is not limited in the present application.
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,对本申请相关的技术进行说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, technologies related to the present application are described.
探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)是NR系统中重要的参考信号,广泛用于NR系统中的各种功能中,例如:The Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) is an important reference signal in the NR system and is widely used in various functions in the NR system, such as:
1、用于下行信道状态信息的获取(UE sounding procedure for DL CSI acquisition);1. Acquisition of downlink channel state information (UE sounding procedure for DL CSI acquisition);
2、用于上行传输的频域调度和预编码确定;2. Frequency domain scheduling and precoding determination for uplink transmission;
3、用于天线切换(Antenna Switching)功能;3. Used for antenna switching (Antenna Switching) function;
4、用于载波切换(Carrier Switching)功能;4. Used for carrier switching (Carrier Switching) function;
5、用于定位功能;5. Used for positioning function;
6、配合基于码本的上行传输(codebook-based UL transmission);6. Cooperate with codebook-based UL transmission (codebook-based UL transmission);
7、配合基于非码本的上行传输(Non-Codebook based UL transmission)。7. Cooperate with Non-Codebook based UL transmission.
网络设备可以给终端设备配置一个或多个SRS资源集(SRS Resource set),每个SRS Resource set可以配置1个或多个SRS资源(SRS resource)。The network device can configure one or more SRS resource sets (SRS Resource set) for the terminal device, and each SRS Resource set can configure one or more SRS resources (SRS resource).
SRS的传输可以包括如下类型:周期性(Periodic)、半持续性(Semi-persistent)、非周期(Aperiodic)。The transmission of the SRS may include the following types: periodic (Periodic), semi-persistent (Semi-persistent), and aperiodic (Aperiodic).
1、周期性SRS与半持续性SRS:1. Periodic SRS and semi-persistent SRS:
周期性SRS是指周期性传输的SRS,SRS的周期和时隙偏移可以由无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令配置,终端设备接收到相应的RRC配置后,根据该RRC配置发送SRS,直到所述RRC配置失效。Periodic SRS refers to SRS that is transmitted periodically. The period and time slot offset of SRS can be configured by Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling. After receiving the corresponding RRC configuration, the terminal device sends SRS until the RRC configuration fails.
周期性SRS的空间相关信息(Spatial Relation Info,通过隐式的方式来指示发送波束)也可以由RRC信令配置。其中,空间相关信息可以指示一个参考信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal,CSI-RS),参考同步信号块(Synchronization Signal Block,SSB)或者参考SRS,终端设备根据指示的参考CSI-RS/参考SSB的接收波束确定SRS资源的发送波束,或者,根据参考SRS资源的发送波束,确定SRS资源的发送波束。或者,终端设备采用和接收指示的参考CSI-RS/参考SSB相同的空间传输滤波器(spatial domain transmission filter)来发送对应的SRS资源,或者,采用和参考SRS资源相同的空域发送滤波器来发送对应的SRS资源。Spatial Relation Info (Spatial Relation Info, indicating the transmission beam in an implicit way) of the periodic SRS can also be configured by RRC signaling. Among them, the space-related information can indicate a reference channel state information reference signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal, CSI-RS), reference synchronization signal block (Synchronization Signal Block, SSB) or reference SRS, and the terminal device according to the indicated reference CSI-RS /Determine the transmission beam of the SRS resource with reference to the reception beam of the SSB, or determine the transmission beam of the SRS resource according to the transmission beam of the reference SRS resource. Or, the terminal device uses the same spatial domain transmission filter (spatial domain transmission filter) as the received indicated reference CSI-RS/reference SSB to send the corresponding SRS resource, or uses the same spatial domain transmission filter as the reference SRS resource to send Corresponding SRS resource.
半持续性SRS也是周期性传输的SRS,周期和时隙偏移(slot offset)由RRC信令配置,但其激活和去激活信令可以通过媒体接入控制控制元素(Media Access Control Control Element,MAC CE)承载。终端设备在接收到激活信令后开始周期性传输SRS,直到接收到去激活信令为止。半持续性 SRS的空间相关信息(发送波束)通过激活SRS的MAC CE承载。Semi-persistent SRS is also an SRS for periodic transmission. The period and slot offset (slot offset) are configured by RRC signaling, but its activation and deactivation signaling can be passed through the Media Access Control Control Element (Media Access Control Control Element, MAC CE) bearer. After receiving the activation signaling, the terminal device starts to periodically transmit the SRS until it receives the deactivation signaling. The space-related information (transmission beam) of the semi-persistent SRS is carried by the MAC CE that activates the SRS.
终端设备接收到RRC配置的周期和时隙偏移后,根据以下公式确定能够用于传输SRS的时隙:After receiving the cycle and time slot offset configured by RRC, the terminal device determines the time slot that can be used to transmit SRS according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2021122228-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021122228-appb-000001
其中T SRS和T offset为配置的周期和偏移,n f
Figure PCTCN2021122228-appb-000002
分别为无线帧和时隙编号。
Where T SRS and T offset are the configured period and offset, n f and
Figure PCTCN2021122228-appb-000002
are the radio frame and slot numbers, respectively.
2、非周期SRS传输:2. Aperiodic SRS transmission:
在NR系统中,引入了非周期SRS传输,网络设备可以通过下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)触发终端设备的SRS传输。用于触发非周期SRS传输的触发信令既可以通过UE专属搜索空间中用于调度物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)/物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)的下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)承载,也可以通过公共搜索空间中的DCI格式2_3(format 2_3)来承载。其中,DCI format 2_3不仅可以用于触发非周期SRS传输,也可以同时用于配置一组UE或一组载波上的SRS传输以及对应的传输功率控制(Transmission Power Control,TPC)命令。In the NR system, aperiodic SRS transmission is introduced, and the network device can trigger the SRS transmission of the terminal device through the downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI). The trigger signaling used to trigger aperiodic SRS transmission can be used to schedule the physical uplink shared channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH)/physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH) in the UE-specific search space. Downlink control The information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) bearer may also be carried by the DCI format 2_3 (format 2_3) in the public search space. Among them, DCI format 2_3 can not only be used to trigger aperiodic SRS transmission, but also can be used to configure SRS transmission on a group of UEs or a group of carriers and the corresponding transmission power control (Transmission Power Control, TPC) command.
终端设备接收到非周期SRS触发信令(例如DCI)后,在触发信令所指示的SRS资源集上进行SRS传输。其中,触发信令与SRS传输之间的时隙偏移(slot offset)由高层信令(例如,RRC信令)配置。网络设备预先通过高层信令指示终端设备每个SRS资源集的配置参数(即SRS资源集参数,(SRS-ResourceSet)),包括时频资源、序列参数、功率控制参数等。另外,对于触发的SRS资源集中的每个SRS资源,终端设备还可以通过该SRS资源的空间相关信息确定在该SRS资源上传输SRS所用的发送波束或空间传输滤波器,该空间相关信息通过RRC配置给每个SRS资源。After receiving the aperiodic SRS trigger signaling (for example, DCI), the terminal device performs SRS transmission on the SRS resource set indicated by the trigger signaling. Wherein, the slot offset (slot offset) between the trigger signaling and the SRS transmission is configured by high layer signaling (for example, RRC signaling). The network device instructs the terminal device in advance through high-layer signaling the configuration parameters of each SRS resource set (ie SRS resource set parameters, (SRS-ResourceSet)), including time-frequency resources, sequence parameters, power control parameters, etc. In addition, for each SRS resource in the triggered SRS resource set, the terminal device can also determine the transmission beam or spatial transmission filter used to transmit the SRS on the SRS resource through the spatial correlation information of the SRS resource. The spatial correlation information is passed through the RRC Configured for each SRS resource.
多输入多输出(Multiple Input Multiple Output,MIMO)已经被广泛地用于无线通信系统中。利用MIMO技术,可以获得多种形式的增益:Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) has been widely used in wireless communication systems. With MIMO technology, multiple forms of gain can be obtained:
空间分集增益;Space diversity gain;
波束赋型增益(预编码增益);beamforming gain (precoding gain);
空间复用增益。Spatial multiplexing gain.
为了获得波束赋型增益(或称预编码增益)或空间复用增益,发送端需要确定一个波束赋型矩阵(或称,预编码矩阵)来进行信号传输。应理解,在以下实施例,预编码也可以替换为波束赋形,波束赋形也可以替换为预编码,二者可以替换使用。In order to obtain beamforming gain (or precoding gain) or spatial multiplexing gain, the transmitting end needs to determine a beamforming matrix (or precoding matrix) for signal transmission. It should be understood that in the following embodiments, precoding may also be replaced by beamforming, beamforming may also be replaced by precoding, and the two may be used interchangeably.
在一些场景中,基于终端对应的传输信道信息确定预编码矩阵。可选地,在该基础上,还可以基于多用户MIMO配对用户对应的信道信息、干扰信息等确定预编码矩阵。因此要确定针对终端A的预编码矩阵,一个基本需求就是要获得终端A对应的传输信道的信道信息。In some scenarios, the precoding matrix is determined based on the transmission channel information corresponding to the terminal. Optionally, on this basis, the precoding matrix may also be determined based on channel information, interference information, and the like corresponding to the multi-user MIMO paired users. Therefore, to determine the precoding matrix for terminal A, a basic requirement is to obtain the channel information of the transmission channel corresponding to terminal A.
为了终端A对应的传输信道的信道信息,可以有两大类方法:For the channel information of the transmission channel corresponding to terminal A, there are two types of methods:
1、反馈方法:基站B发送参考信息X(例如CSI-RS信号),终端A根据参考信号X,测量获得对应下行信道的信息,然后确定对应的信道反馈信息。基站B根据终端A的信道反馈信息,确定对应的预编码矩阵给终端A发送PDSCH,或者物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH),或其他下行信道或下行参考信号。1. Feedback method: base station B sends reference information X (such as a CSI-RS signal), and terminal A measures and obtains the information of the corresponding downlink channel according to the reference signal X, and then determines the corresponding channel feedback information. Based on the channel feedback information of terminal A, base station B determines the corresponding precoding matrix to send PDSCH, or physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH), or other downlink channels or downlink reference signals to terminal A.
可选地,该信道反馈信息可以包括以下至少一种:Optionally, the channel feedback information may include at least one of the following:
秩指示(Rank Indication,RI)(对应终端建议的传输流数);Rank Indication (Rank Indication, RI) (corresponding to the number of transmission streams suggested by the terminal);
信道质量指示(Channel Quantity Indicator,CQI)(调制编码方案(Modulation and Coding Scheme,MCS)相关信息);Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) (Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) related information);
预编码矩阵指示(Precoding Matrix Indicator,PMI)(对应码本信息)。Precoding Matrix Indicator (Precoding Matrix Indicator, PMI) (corresponding to codebook information).
2、基于信道互异性的方法:终端A根据基站B的配置信息发送SRS信息,基站B根据接收到的SRS信息测量得到对应的上行信道,根据上下行信道的互异性,基站B可以确定终端A对应的预编码矩阵用于发送PDSCH或PDCCH,或其他下行信道或下行参考信号2. The method based on channel mutual dissimilarity: terminal A sends SRS information according to the configuration information of base station B, base station B measures the corresponding uplink channel according to the received SRS information, and base station B can determine terminal A according to the mutual dissimilarity of uplink and downlink channels The corresponding precoding matrix is used to send PDSCH or PDCCH, or other downlink channels or downlink reference signals
在NR系统中,SRS信号对应的SRS资源集参数(即SRS-ResourceSet)中的用途(usage)设为“antennaSwitching”,其中,一个SRS-ResourceSet包括1个或多个SRS resource。In the NR system, the usage (usage) in the SRS resource set parameter (ie SRS-ResourceSet) corresponding to the SRS signal is set to "antennaSwitching", where one SRS-ResourceSet includes one or more SRS resources.
SRS信号进行探测(sounding)的过程又被称为用于下行CSI获取的UE探测过程(UE sounding procedure for DL CSI acquisition),或称,SRS发送端口切换(SRS Tx port switching),天线切换(antenna switching)。The process of SRS signal sounding (sounding) is also called UE sounding procedure for DL CSI acquisition (UE sounding procedure for DL CSI acquisition), or SRS Tx port switching, antenna switching (antenna switching).
对于典型的终端设备而言,接收天线数目往往会大于发送天线数目,例如,如图2所示,终端A有两个接收天线,但是只有1个发送天线(单个时刻)。因此如果终端A发送一次SRS(单天线时,对应的SRS resource是1个SRS port),基站B只能获得8*1的信道,即不能获知一半的信道对应的信道信息,从而会影响获得更加的预编码性能。For a typical terminal device, the number of receiving antennas is often greater than the number of sending antennas. For example, as shown in FIG. 2 , terminal A has two receiving antennas, but only one sending antenna (single moment). Therefore, if terminal A sends an SRS (for a single antenna, the corresponding SRS resource is 1 SRS port), base station B can only obtain 8*1 channels, that is, it cannot know the channel information corresponding to half of the channels, which will affect the acquisition of more precoding performance.
终端A的发送天线数目、接收天线数目,以及是否支持“antennaSwitching”(或称,是否支持 SRS Tx port switching),可以有不同的实现,通过UE能力(UE capability)来进行上报。The number of transmitting antennas, the number of receiving antennas of terminal A, and whether it supports "antennaSwitching" (or, whether it supports SRS Tx port switching), can have different implementations, and report through UE capability (UE capability).
在NR系统中,终端设备可以上报如下UE能力中的至少一个:In the NR system, the terminal device can report at least one of the following UE capabilities:
t1r2、t1r4、t2r4、t1r4-t2r4、t1r1、t2r2、t4r4、不支持(notSupported);t1r2, t1r4, t2r4, t1r4-t2r4, t1r1, t2r2, t4r4, not supported (notSupported);
其中,t1r2用于1T2R,t2r4用于2T4R,t1r4用于1T4R,t1r4-t2r4用于1T4R/2T4R,t1r1用于1T=1R,t2r2用于2T=2R,t4r4用于4T=4R。Among them, t1r2 is used for 1T2R, t2r4 is used for 2T4R, t1r4 is used for 1T4R, t1r4-t2r4 is used for 1T4R/2T4R, t1r1 is used for 1T=1R, t2r2 is used for 2T=2R, and t4r4 is used for 4T=4R.
其中,各个UE能力对应的描述如下:Among them, the corresponding description of each UE capability is as follows:
对于1T2R:可以配置0个或1个或者2个SRS resource set。这两个SRS resource set对应的资源类型(resourceType)配置不同值,例如取值可以是aperiodic,semiPersistent,或periodic。后续在配置两个SRS resource set时,SRS resource set对应的资源类型类似,这里不再赘述。For 1T2R: 0 or 1 or 2 SRS resource sets can be configured. The resource types (resourceType) corresponding to the two SRS resource sets are configured with different values, for example, the value can be aperiodic, semiPersistent, or periodic. When configuring two SRS resource sets later, the resource types corresponding to the SRS resource sets are similar, so I won’t repeat them here.
每个SRS resource set包括2个单端口的(即1-port,或称SRS端口(SRS port))SRS resource,这两个SRS resource在不同的符号上(symbol)传输,并且同一个SRS resource set中的两个SRS resource对应不同的UE天线端口(UE antenna port),对应图2中的示例。Each SRS resource set includes two single-port (ie 1-port, or SRS port (SRS port)) SRS resource, these two SRS resource are transmitted on different symbols (symbol), and the same SRS resource set The two SRS resources in correspond to different UE antenna ports (UE antenna port), corresponding to the example in Figure 2.
对于2T4R:可以配置0个或1个或者2个SRS resource set,其中,每个SRS resource set中包括2个SRS resource,每个SRS resource包括2个SRS port,两个SRS resource在不同的符号上传输,并且同一个SRS resource set中的第二个SRS resource的SRS port pair对应的UE antenna port pair与第一个SRS resource的SRS port pair对应的不同。For 2T4R: 0 or 1 or 2 SRS resource sets can be configured, where each SRS resource set includes 2 SRS resources, each SRS resource includes 2 SRS ports, and the two SRS resources are on different symbols Transmission, and the UE antenna port pair corresponding to the SRS port pair of the second SRS resource in the same SRS resource set is different from the SRS port pair of the first SRS resource.
对于1T4R:可以配置0个或者1个SRS resource set(可以是周期性或者半持续)。每个SRS resource set中包括4个单端口的(1-port)SRS resource,每个SRS resource在不同的符号上传输,并且不同的SRS resource对应不同的UE antenna port。For 1T4R: 0 or 1 SRS resource set can be configured (periodic or semi-persistent). Each SRS resource set includes 4 single-port (1-port) SRS resources, each SRS resource is transmitted on a different symbol, and different SRS resources correspond to different UE antenna ports.
对于1T4R:可以配置0个或者2个SRS resource set(都配置为非周期)。2个SRS resource set中包括共4个单端口的(1-port)SRS resource,在两个不同的时隙(slot)的不同的符号上传输。4个SRS resource对应不同的UE antenna port。4个SRS resource可以是每个SRS resource set包括2个SRS resource,或者可以是1个SRS resource set包括3个SRS resource,另一个SRS resource set包括1个SRS resource。For 1T4R: 0 or 2 SRS resource sets can be configured (both configured as aperiodic). The 2 SRS resource sets include a total of 4 single-port (1-port) SRS resources, which are transmitted on different symbols in two different slots. The 4 SRS resources correspond to different UE antenna ports. The 4 SRS resources can be that each SRS resource set includes 2 SRS resources, or that 1 SRS resource set includes 3 SRS resources, and the other SRS resource set includes 1 SRS resource.
对于1T=1R、2T=2R或4T=4R:可以配置0个或1个或2个SRS resource set,每个SRS resource set包含1个SRS resource,SRS resource对应的SRS port数分别为1,2或4。For 1T=1R, 2T=2R or 4T=4R: 0, 1 or 2 SRS resource sets can be configured, each SRS resource set contains 1 SRS resource, and the number of SRS ports corresponding to the SRS resource is 1 and 2 respectively or 4.
如果UE上报支持't1r4-t2r4',则所有SRS resource set中的SRS resource都需要配置相同的SRS端口(例如,1或2个SRS port)。If the UE reports support for 't1r4-t2r4', all SRS resources in the SRS resource set need to be configured with the same SRS port (for example, 1 or 2 SRS ports).
在后续描述中,为便于区分和说明,对于天线切换配置,使用xTyR(当x=y时,其表示为xT=yR),或“txry”来表示,二者是对应的,或者等效的,其中x和y表示大于0的正整数。In the subsequent description, for the convenience of distinction and explanation, the antenna switching configuration is represented by xTyR (when x=y, it is expressed as xT=yR), or "txry", and the two are corresponding or equivalent , where x and y represent positive integers greater than 0.
在一些实施例中,x的取值可以为{1,2,4}中的一个。In some embodiments, the value of x may be one of {1, 2, 4}.
在另一些实施例中,x的取值可以为{1,2,4,6,8}中的一个。In some other embodiments, the value of x may be one of {1, 2, 4, 6, 8}.
终端设备支持的天线切换配置可以理解为一种UE天线切换能力(UE antenna switching capability)。The antenna switching configuration supported by the terminal device can be understood as a UE antenna switching capability (UE antenna switching capability).
应理解,UE天线切换能力为“xTyR”对应于:一个UE,能够在“x”天线端口上进行SRS传输,而“y”对应于UE接收天线的全部或子集,其中终端支持2T4R时,表明终端有两个发送天线。It should be understood that the UE antenna switching capability of "xTyR" corresponds to: a UE capable of performing SRS transmission on the "x" antenna port, and "y" corresponds to all or a subset of UE receiving antennas, where the terminal supports 2T4R, Indicates that the terminal has two transmit antennas.
在本申请实施例中,若一个SRS资源包括的SRS端口数为A,则该SRS资源可以表述为:In the embodiment of this application, if the number of SRS ports included in an SRS resource is A, then the SRS resource can be expressed as:
A个端口的SRS资源,A端口的SRS资源,A个SRS端口的SRS资源,端口为A的SRS资源,端口数为A的SRS资源。The SRS resources of A ports, the SRS resources of A ports, the SRS resources of A SRS ports, the SRS resources of A ports, and the SRS resources of A ports.
在实际应用中,天线切换需要切换时间,因此同一SRS resource set中的在同一时隙中传输的SRS resource之间间隔为Y个符号,其中,Y可以为1或2等。In practical applications, antenna switching requires switching time, so the interval between SRS resources transmitted in the same time slot in the same SRS resource set is Y symbols, where Y can be 1 or 2, etc.
在相关技术中,网络设备通过RRC信令指示SRS资源集参数(即SRS-ResourceSet)后,终端设备按照该SRS资源集参数来进行SRS的传输。在一些情况下,由于从一些因素考虑(例如节约SRS资源开销、降低终端功耗等),需要变更天线切换机制,例如从2T4R天线切换变更为1T2R或者2T2R的天线切换。在这种情况下,网络设备需要通过RRC信令重配置SRS资源集参数,导致天线切换机制变更的延时相对较大,不利于SRS资源集参数的快速调整,同时信令开销也比较大。In related technologies, after a network device indicates an SRS resource set parameter (ie, SRS-ResourceSet) through RRC signaling, the terminal device performs SRS transmission according to the SRS resource set parameter. In some cases, due to consideration of some factors (such as saving SRS resource overhead, reducing terminal power consumption, etc.), it is necessary to change the antenna switching mechanism, such as changing from 2T4R antenna switching to 1T2R or 2T2R antenna switching. In this case, the network device needs to reconfigure the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, resulting in a relatively long delay in changing the antenna switching mechanism, which is not conducive to the rapid adjustment of the SRS resource set parameters, and the signaling overhead is also relatively large.
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下通过具体实施例详述本申请的技术方案。以上相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。本申请实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions of the present application are described in detail below through specific examples. As optional solutions, the above related technologies may be combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application in any combination, and all of them belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The embodiment of the present application includes at least part of the following content.
图3是根据本申请实施例的无线通信的方法200的示意性流程图,该方法200可以由图1所示的通信系统中的终端设备执行,如图3所示,该方法200包括如下内容:FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a wireless communication method 200 according to an embodiment of the present application. The method 200 can be executed by a terminal device in the communication system shown in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 3, the method 200 includes the following content :
S210,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一信息,其中,该第一信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指 示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:S210. The terminal device receives first information sent by the network device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
第一探测参考信号SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输;或At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission; or
第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第二SRS资源不用于SRS传输;或At least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission; or
第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于SRS传输;或at least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission; or
第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第二SRS端口不用于SRS传输。At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
应理解,该第一指示信息可以指示上面的一项或多项,例如该第一指示信息指示第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输和第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第二SRS资源不用于SRS传输;再例如,该第一指示信息指示第一探测参考信号SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输和第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于SRS传输,其中第一SRS资源和第三SRS资源是相同的SRS资源。第一指示信息也可以指示其他类似组合,这里不再一一举例。其他类似描述的地方,也不再赘述具体组合。It should be understood that the first indication information may indicate one or more items above, for example, the first indication information indicates that at least one first SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission and at least one of the first SRS resource set The second SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission; for another example, the first indication information indicates that at least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission and at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set At least one first SRS port of is used for SRS transmission, wherein the first SRS resource and the third SRS resource are the same SRS resource. The first indication information may also indicate other similar combinations, which will not be listed one by one here. In other similar descriptions, the specific combination will not be repeated.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,用于SRS传输也可以表述为用于传输,不用于SRS传输也可以表述为不用于传输。It should be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, being used for SRS transmission may also be expressed as being used for transmission, and not being used for SRS transmission may also be expressed as not being used for transmission.
即,该第一指示信息可以指示以下中的至少一项:That is, the first indication information may indicate at least one of the following:
第一探测参考信号SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于传输;或At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for transmission; or
第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第二SRS资源不用于传输;或At least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for transmission; or
第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于传输;或at least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for transmission; or
第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第二SRS端口不用于传输。At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for transmission.
在本申请实施例中,SRS资源是否用于SRS传输,可以理解为SRS资源的一种传输状态,即SRS资源被指示为用于传输,或者不用于传输,或者说被指示为能够用于传输的状态,或者不用于传输的状态。类似地,SRS端口是否用于SRS传输,可以理解为SRS端口的传输状态,即SRS端口被指示为用于传输,或者不用于传输,或者说,SRS端口被指示为能够用于传输的状态,或者不用于传输的状态。SRS资源集是否用于SRS传输,可以理解为SRS资源集的传输状态,即SRS资源集被指示为用于传输,或者不用于传输,或者说SRS资源集被指示为能够用于传输的状态,或者不用于传输的状态。。In this embodiment of the present application, whether SRS resources are used for SRS transmission can be understood as a transmission state of SRS resources, that is, SRS resources are indicated as being used for transmission, or not used for transmission, or indicated as being able to be used for transmission status, or a status that is not used for transmission. Similarly, whether the SRS port is used for SRS transmission can be understood as the transmission status of the SRS port, that is, the SRS port is indicated as being used for transmission, or not used for transmission, or in other words, the SRS port is indicated as a state that can be used for transmission, Or a state not used for transmission. Whether the SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission can be understood as the transmission status of the SRS resource set, that is, the SRS resource set is indicated as being used for transmission, or not used for transmission, or the SRS resource set is indicated as a state that can be used for transmission, Or a state not used for transmission. .
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息可以用于指示至少一个SRS资源集中的每个SRS资源集的传输状态,和/或SRS资源集中的SRS资源的传输状态,和/或,SRS资源的SRS端口的传输状态。Optionally, in some embodiments, the first indication information may be used to indicate the transmission status of each SRS resource set in at least one SRS resource set, and/or the transmission status of the SRS resources in the SRS resource set, and/or Or, the transmission status of the SRS port of the SRS resource.
例如,第一指示信息还可以用于指示第二SRS资源集的传输状态,和/或第二SRS资源集中的SRS资源的传输状态,和/或,第二SRS资源级中的SRS资源包括的SRS端口的传输状态,或者,也可以指示更多个SRS资源集的传输状态,以下以第一SRS资源集为例进行说明,但本申请并不限于此。For example, the first indication information may also be used to indicate the transmission state of the second SRS resource set, and/or the transmission state of the SRS resources in the second SRS resource set, and/or, the SRS resources included in the second SRS resource level The transmission status of the SRS port, or, may also indicate the transmission status of more SRS resource sets, and the first SRS resource set is used as an example for illustration below, but the present application is not limited thereto.
在一些实施例中,所述方法200还包括:In some embodiments, the method 200 also includes:
网络设备向终端设备发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置至少一个SRS资源集,其中,该至少一个SRS资源集包括第一SRS资源集。The network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one SRS resource set, where the at least one SRS resource set includes the first SRS resource set.
在一些实施例中,该第一配置信息包括至少一个SRS资源集中的每个SRS资源集对应的SRS资源集参数(即SRS-ResourceSet)。In some embodiments, the first configuration information includes SRS resource set parameters (that is, SRS-ResourceSet) corresponding to each SRS resource set in at least one SRS resource set.
可选地,SRS资源集对应的SRS资源集参数可以用于配置SRS资源集的资源类型,时频资源、序列参数、功率控制参数等参数。Optionally, the SRS resource set parameters corresponding to the SRS resource set may be used to configure parameters such as resource types, time-frequency resources, sequence parameters, and power control parameters of the SRS resource set.
可选地,该第一配置信息是通过RRC信令发送的。Optionally, the first configuration information is sent through RRC signaling.
在一些实施例中,在该第一配置信息失效前,该终端设备可以使用该第一配置信息进行SRS传输。在一些场景中,从一些因素考虑(例如节约SRS资源开销、降低终端功耗等)需要采用不同的天线切换机制,例如从2T4R天线切换机制变更为1T2R或者2T2R的天线切换机制,此情况下,需要变更SRS资源集参数。在相关技术中,变更SRS资源集参数是网络设备需要通过RRC信令重配置SRS资源集参数来实现的,因此,天线切换机制变更的延时较大,不利于SRS资源集参数的快速调整,同时信令开销也比较大。In some embodiments, before the first configuration information becomes invalid, the terminal device may use the first configuration information to perform SRS transmission. In some scenarios, considering some factors (such as saving SRS resource overhead, reducing terminal power consumption, etc.), it is necessary to adopt a different antenna switching mechanism, such as changing from a 2T4R antenna switching mechanism to a 1T2R or 2T2R antenna switching mechanism. In this case, The parameters of the SRS resource set need to be changed. In related technologies, changing SRS resource set parameters is achieved by network devices reconfiguring SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling. Therefore, the delay in changing the antenna switching mechanism is relatively large, which is not conducive to the rapid adjustment of SRS resource set parameters. At the same time, the signaling overhead is relatively large.
在本申请实施例中,变更SRS资源集参数可以通过变更SRS资源集参数的传输状态来实现。In the embodiment of the present application, changing the SRS resource set parameter may be implemented by changing the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameter.
例如,网络设备可以指示传输状态发生变更的SRS资源集参数。例如传输状态发生变更的SRS资源集,和/或传输状态发生变更的SRS资源,和/或传输状态发生变更的SRS端口。For example, the network device may indicate the parameter of the SRS resource set whose transmission state changes. For example, the SRS resource set whose transmission state is changed, and/or the SRS resource whose transmission state is changed, and/or the SRS port whose transmission state is changed.
又例如,网络设备可以指示SRS资源集参数变更后的传输状态,例如指示SRS资源集对应的变更后的传输状态,和/或,SRS资源对应的变更后的传输状态,和/或,SRS端口对应的变更后的传输状态。For another example, the network device may indicate the changed transmission status of the SRS resource set parameter, for example, indicate the changed transmission status corresponding to the SRS resource set, and/or the changed transmission status corresponding to the SRS resource, and/or, the SRS port The corresponding changed transfer status.
应理解,变更SRS资源集参数的传输状态包括以下中的至少一种:It should be understood that changing the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameters includes at least one of the following:
变更SRS资源集的传输状态,例如指示SRS资源集用于传输,或者指示SRS资源集不用于传输;Change the transmission status of the SRS resource set, for example, indicate that the SRS resource set is used for transmission, or indicate that the SRS resource set is not used for transmission;
变更SRS资源集中的SRS资源的传输状态,例如,指示SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于传输和/或至少一个第二SRS资源不用于传输;changing the transmission status of the SRS resources in the SRS resource set, for example, indicating that at least one first SRS resource in the SRS resource set is used for transmission and/or at least one second SRS resource is not used for transmission;
变更SRS资源集中的SRS资源的SRS端口的传输状态,例如指示SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于传输和/或至少一个第二SRS端口不用于传输。Changing the transmission status of the SRS ports of the SRS resources in the SRS resource set, for example, indicating that at least one first SRS port of the SRS resource is used for transmission and/or at least one second SRS port is not used for transmission.
因此,在本申请实施例中,网络设备通过第一信息指示SRS资源集参数的传输状态可以实现动态指示发生变更的SRS资源集参数,例如,天线切换机制变更导致的需要变更的SRS资源集参数,而不需要通过RRC信令重配置SRS资源集参数,能够实现SRS资源的动态指示,有利于降低天线切换机制变更的延时,实现SRS资源集参数的快速调整,同时有利于降低信令开销。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device indicates the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameters through the first information, which can dynamically indicate the changed SRS resource set parameters, for example, the SRS resource set parameters that need to be changed due to the change of the antenna switching mechanism , without the need to reconfigure SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, it can realize dynamic indication of SRS resources, help reduce the delay of antenna switching mechanism change, realize rapid adjustment of SRS resource set parameters, and help reduce signaling overhead .
换言之,基于本申请实施例的技术方案能够实现动态的天线切换,或者SRS资源的动态指示,也即,本申请实施例提供了一种天线切换动态指示方案,或者SRS资源动态指示方案,或者,天线动态切换方案,因此,第一信息也可以替换为天线切换动态指示,SRS资源动态指示,或者其他等效表述,本申请对此不作限定。In other words, the technical solutions based on the embodiments of the present application can realize dynamic antenna switching, or dynamic indication of SRS resources, that is, the embodiments of the present application provide a dynamic indication scheme for antenna switching, or a dynamic indication scheme for SRS resources, or, Antenna dynamic switching solution, therefore, the first information may also be replaced by an antenna switching dynamic indication, an SRS resource dynamic indication, or other equivalent expressions, which are not limited in this application.
应理解,本申请实施例可以应用于天线切换机制变更导致的需要变更SRS资源集参数的场景,或者,也可以应用于其他原因导致的需要变更SRS资源集参数的场景,以下,以天线切换场景为例进行说明,但本申请并不限于此。It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the scenario where the parameters of the SRS resource set need to be changed due to the change of the antenna switching mechanism, or can also be applied to the scenario where the parameters of the SRS resource set need to be changed due to other reasons. An example is used for description, but the present application is not limited thereto.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,天线切换机制,或称,天线切换配置,天线切换能力,SRS Tx port switching能力等,上述表述是等效的,可以相互替换。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the application, the antenna switching mechanism, or antenna switching configuration, antenna switching capability, SRS Tx port switching capability, etc., the above expressions are equivalent and can be replaced with each other.
作为示例而非限定,天线切换配置可以包括以下中的至少一项:As an example and not limitation, the antenna switching configuration may include at least one of the following:
t1r2、t1r4、t2r4、t1r4-t2r4、t1r1、t2r2、t4r4、t1r6、t2r6、t4r6、t1r8、t2r8、t4r8。t1r2, t1r4, t2r4, t1r4-t2r4, t1r1, t2r2, t4r4, t1r6, t2r6, t4r6, t1r8, t2r8, t4r8.
在一些实施例中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的SRS资源集参数中包括资源类型参数(resourceType)。In some embodiments, the SRS resource set parameters corresponding to the first SRS resource set include a resource type parameter (resourceType).
在一些实现方式中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的SRS资源集参数中的resourceType配置为非周期的(aperiodic)。通过配置只对非周期的SRS资源采用本申请实施例的SRS资源动态指示方式,有利于降低终端设备的实现复杂度。In some implementation manners, the resourceType in the SRS resource set parameter corresponding to the first SRS resource set is configured as aperiodic (aperiodic). By configuring only aperiodic SRS resources to adopt the SRS resource dynamic indication mode of the embodiment of the present application, it is beneficial to reduce the implementation complexity of the terminal device.
在另一些实现方式中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的SRS资源集参数中的resourceType配置为半持续的(semiPersistent)、周期的(periodic)中的一个。通过配置只对半持续的和周期的SRS资源采用本申请实施例的SRS资源动态指示方式,有利于降低终端设备的实现复杂度。In some other implementation manners, the resourceType in the SRS resource set parameter corresponding to the first SRS resource set is configured as one of semi-persistent (semiPersistent) and periodic (periodic). By configuring only the semi-persistent and periodic SRS resources to adopt the SRS resource dynamic indication mode of the embodiment of the present application, it is beneficial to reduce the implementation complexity of the terminal device.
在又一些实现方式中,所述第一SRS资源集对应的SRS资源集参数中的resourceType配置为非周期的(aperiodic)、半持续的(semiPersistent)和周期的(periodic)中的一个。通过配置非周期的,半持续的和周期的SRS资源均可以采用本申请实施例的SRS资源动态指示方式,有利于提升系统灵活性。In still some implementation manners, the resourceType in the SRS resource set parameter corresponding to the first SRS resource set is configured as one of aperiodic (aperiodic), semi-persistent (semiPersistent) and periodic (periodic). By configuring aperiodic, semi-persistent and periodic SRS resources, the SRS resource dynamic indication method of the embodiment of the present application can be used, which is beneficial to improve system flexibility.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以通过任一下行信令或下行消息发送该第一信息,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device may send the first information through any downlink signaling or downlink message, which is not limited in the present application.
在一些实施例中,该第一信息可以通过MAC CE信令传输。In some embodiments, the first information may be transmitted through MAC CE signaling.
在另一些实施例中,该第一信息通过DCI信令传输。In some other embodiments, the first information is transmitted through DCI signaling.
通过MAC CE信令或DCI信令传输第一信息,能够实现SRS资源的动态指示,降低SRS传输的时延。Transmission of the first information through MAC CE signaling or DCI signaling can realize dynamic indication of SRS resources and reduce the delay of SRS transmission.
在一些实施例中,网络设备可以通过MAC CE信令或DCI信令中的已有字段携带第一信息,例如,利用MAC CE信令或DCI信令中的预留字段,或者,也可以在MAC CE信令或DCI信令中新增字段携带第一信息,本申请对此不作限定。In some embodiments, the network device may carry the first information through an existing field in the MAC CE signaling or the DCI signaling, for example, using a reserved field in the MAC CE signaling or the DCI signaling, or may also be in The newly added field in the MAC CE signaling or DCI signaling carries the first information, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息可以用于指示第一SRS资源集对应的变更后的SRS资源集参数,例如,通过指示SRS资源集参数的传输状态来指示变更后的SRS资源集参数,或者说,第一指示信息用于指示SRS资源集参数对应的变更后的传输状态。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information may be used to indicate the changed SRS resource set parameters corresponding to the first SRS resource set, for example, by indicating the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameters The changed SRS resource set parameters, or in other words, the first indication information is used to indicate the changed transmission status corresponding to the SRS resource set parameters.
可选地,在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息可以用于指示第一SRS资源集对应的发生变更的SRS资源集参数,也即,可以不指示传输状态未变化的SRS资源集参数,只指示传输状态发生变化的SRS资源集参数。例如,第一指示信息可以指示传输状态发生变更的SRS资源集,和/或传输状态发生变更的SRS资源,和/或传输状态发生变更的SRS端口。Optionally, in some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information may be used to indicate the changed SRS resource set parameters corresponding to the first SRS resource set, that is, may not indicate SRS resources whose transmission status has not changed Set parameters, which only indicate the set parameters of the SRS resource whose transmission state changes. For example, the first indication information may indicate the SRS resource set whose transmission state has changed, and/or the SRS resource whose transmission state has changed, and/or the SRS port whose transmission state has changed.
可选地,未指示的SRS资源集参数可以认为传输状态未发生改变。Optionally, the unindicated SRS resource set parameters may be considered as no change in the transmission state.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,发生变更的SRS资源集参数可以是SRS资源集粒度的,或者,SRS资源粒度的,或者,也可以是SRS端口粒度的,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the changed SRS resource set parameters may be at the granularity of the SRS resource set, or at the granularity of the SRS resource, or at the granularity of the SRS port, which is not limited in the present application.
例如,所述第一信息用于去激活(或者,去使能)一个或多个SRS资源集,即该一个或多个SRS 资源集不用于传输,或者,在一个SRS资源集中去激活(或者,去使能)一个或多个SRS资源,即该一个或多个SRS资源不用于传输,或者,对于一个SRS资源去激活(或者,去使能)一个或多个SRS端口,即该一个或多个SRS端口不用于传输等。For example, the first information is used to deactivate (or disable) one or more SRS resource sets, that is, the one or more SRS resource sets are not used for transmission, or deactivate (or disable) one SRS resource set , to disable) one or more SRS resources, that is, the one or more SRS resources are not used for transmission, or, for one SRS resource, deactivate (or, disable) one or more SRS ports, that is, the one or more Multiple SRS ports are not used for transmission etc.
作为示例,在第一天线切换配置中,网络设备通过RRC信令配置了两个SRS资源集,在第二天线切换配置中,网络设备需要指示终端设备只使用一个SRS资源集用于传输,则第一信息可以用于指示去使能一个SRS资源集,即指示该一个SRS资源集不用于传输。As an example, in the first antenna switching configuration, the network device configures two SRS resource sets through RRC signaling, and in the second antenna switching configuration, the network device needs to instruct the terminal device to use only one SRS resource set for transmission, then The first information may be used to indicate to disable an SRS resource set, that is, to indicate that the SRS resource set is not used for transmission.
作为示例,在第一天线切换配置中,网络设备通过RRC信令配置的一个SRS资源集中包括4个SRS资源,在第二天线切换配置中,网络设备需要指示该SRS资源集中的2个SRS资源用于传输,则第一信息可以用于指示去使能该一个SRS资源集中的两个SRS资源,即指示这两个SRS资源不用于传输。As an example, in the first antenna switching configuration, an SRS resource set configured by the network device through RRC signaling includes 4 SRS resources, and in the second antenna switching configuration, the network device needs to indicate 2 SRS resources in the SRS resource set If used for transmission, the first information may be used to indicate to disable two SRS resources in the one SRS resource set, that is, to indicate that the two SRS resources are not used for transmission.
作为示例,在第一天线切换配置中,网络设备通过RRC信令配置的一个SRS资源包括2个SRS端口,在第二天线切换配置中,网络设备需要指示该一个SRS资源的1个SRS端口用于传输,则第一信息可以用于指示去使能该一个SRS资源的两个SRS端口中的一个SRS端口,即指示SRS资源的一个SRS端口不用于传输。As an example, in the first antenna switching configuration, one SRS resource configured by the network device through RRC signaling includes two SRS ports, and in the second antenna switching configuration, the network device needs to indicate that one SRS port of the one SRS resource uses For transmission, the first information may be used to indicate to disable one of the two SRS ports of the one SRS resource, that is, to indicate that one SRS port of the SRS resource is not used for transmission.
对应地,在从第二天线切换配置变更为第一天线切换配置时,网络设备可以通过第一信息指示使能的SRS资源集,和/或SRS资源,和/或SRS端口。Correspondingly, when changing from the second antenna switching configuration to the first antenna switching configuration, the network device may indicate the enabled SRS resource set, and/or SRS resource, and/or SRS port through the first information.
可选地,在一些实施例中,在需要变更多个SRS资源集对应的SRS资源集参数时,所述第一指示信息还可以用于指示多个SRS资源集分别对应的变更后的SRS资源集参数,或者,所述多个SRS资源集中的每个SRS资源集的发生变更的SRS资源集参数,以下,以第一SRS资源集为例进行说明,但本申请并不限于此。Optionally, in some embodiments, when the SRS resource set parameters corresponding to multiple SRS resource sets need to be changed, the first indication information may also be used to indicate the changed SRS resource sets corresponding to the multiple SRS resource sets respectively. The resource set parameters, or the changed SRS resource set parameters of each SRS resource set in the plurality of SRS resource sets, are described below by taking the first SRS resource set as an example, but the present application is not limited thereto.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,第一指示信息可以用于进行SRS资源集粒度,和/或SRS资源粒度,和/或,SRS端口粒度的动态指示。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the first indication information may be used to dynamically indicate the granularity of the SRS resource set, and/or the granularity of the SRS resource, and/or the granularity of the SRS port.
例如,第一指示信息用于指示一个SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于SRS传输,或者,均用于SRS传输。对应SRS资源集粒度的指示。For example, the first indication information is used to indicate that all SRS resources in an SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or are all used for SRS transmission. Indicates the granularity of the corresponding SRS resource set.
又例如,第一指示信息用于指示一个SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输,和/或,至少一个第二SRS资源不用于SRS传输。对应SRS资源粒度的指示。For another example, the first indication information is used to indicate that at least one first SRS resource in an SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission, and/or, at least one second SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission. Corresponding to the indication of SRS resource granularity.
再例如,第一指示信息用于指示一个SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于SRS传输,和/或,至少一个第二SRS端口不用于SRS传输。对应SRS端口粒度的指示。For another example, the first indication information is used to indicate that at least one first SRS port of one SRS resource is used for SRS transmission, and/or, at least one second SRS port is not used for SRS transmission. Indication of the corresponding SRS port granularity.
在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括:In some embodiments, the first indication information includes:
至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息,和/或,Indication information of at least one first SRS resource, and/or,
至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息。Indication information of at least one second SRS resource.
即,网络设备可以指示一个SRS资源集中的用于SRS传输的SRS资源,和/或,一个SRS资源集中不用于SRS传输的SRS资源。That is, the network device may indicate the SRS resources used for SRS transmission in one SRS resource set, and/or, the SRS resources not used for SRS transmission in one SRS resource set.
换言之,网络设备可以进行SRS资源粒度的动态指示。In other words, the network device can dynamically indicate the SRS resource granularity.
可选地,当网络设备只指示一个SRS资源集中的不用于SRS传输的SRS资源时,则该一个SRS资源集中的其他SRS资源用于SRS传输。Optionally, when the network device only indicates the SRS resources in one SRS resource set that are not used for SRS transmission, then other SRS resources in the one SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
可选地,当网络设备只指示一个SRS资源集中的用于SRS传输的SRS资源时,则该一个SRS资源集中的其他SRS资源不用于SRS传输。Optionally, when the network device only indicates the SRS resources used for SRS transmission in one SRS resource set, other SRS resources in the one SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission.
网络设备通过指示一个SRS资源集中的部分SRS资源不用于传输或部分SRS资源用于传输,可以实现终端设备从一种天线切换机制到另一种天线切换机制的变更。The network device can change the terminal device from one antenna switching mechanism to another antenna switching mechanism by indicating that part of the SRS resources in an SRS resource set are not used for transmission or part of the SRS resources are used for transmission.
在一些实施例中,该至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息可以是该至少一个SRS资源的标识(Identity,ID),索引,或者,该至少一个SRS资源在该第一SRS资源集中的编号,或序号等,本申请并不限于此。In some embodiments, the indication information of the at least one first SRS resource may be an identity (Identity, ID) of the at least one SRS resource, an index, or a number of the at least one SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, Or serial number, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
类似地,该至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息可以是该至少二个SRS资源的ID,索引,或者,该至少二个SRS资源在该第一SRS资源集中的编号,或序号等,本申请并不限于此。Similarly, the indication information of the at least one second SRS resource may be the ID and index of the at least two SRS resources, or the number or serial number of the at least two SRS resources in the first SRS resource set, etc., the present application It is not limited to this.
在一些实施例中,在该至少一个第一SRS资源的数量较少时,第一指示信息可以包括该至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息,有利于降低信令开销。In some embodiments, when the quantity of the at least one first SRS resource is small, the first indication information may include the indication information of the at least one first SRS resource, which is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
在一些实施例中,在该至少一个第二SRS资源的数量较少时,第一指示信息可以包括该至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息,有利于降低信令开销。In some embodiments, when the quantity of the at least one second SRS resource is small, the first indication information may include the indication information of the at least one second SRS resource, which is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
在另一些实施例中,网络设备通过位图(bitmap)方式指示至少一个第一SRS资源和/或至少一个第二SRS资源。In some other embodiments, the network device indicates at least one first SRS resource and/or at least one second SRS resource in a bitmap (bitmap) manner.
可选地,当至少一个第一SRS资源和/或至少一个第二SRS资源的数量较多或ID较长时,通过 位图方式指示一个SRS资源集中的SRS资源是否用于SRS传输,有利于降低信令开销。Optionally, when the number of at least one first SRS resource and/or at least one second SRS resource is large or the ID is long, it is beneficial to indicate whether the SRS resources in one SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission in a bitmap manner Reduce signaling overhead.
在一些实现方式中,该第一指示信息包括第一位图,该第一位图包括多个比特,每个比特对应第一SRS资源集中的一个SRS资源,每个比特的取值用于指示对应的SRS资源是否用于SRS传输。In some implementations, the first indication information includes a first bitmap, the first bitmap includes a plurality of bits, each bit corresponds to an SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, and the value of each bit is used to indicate Whether the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
作为示例,取值为1表示对应的SRS资源用于SRS传输,取值为0表示对应的SRS资源不用于SRS传输。作为另一示例,取值为0表示对应的SRS资源用于SRS传输,取值为1表示对应的SRS资源不用于SRS传输。As an example, a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission, and a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission. As another example, a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission, and a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission.
举例说明,第一SRS资源集包括8个SRS资源(SRS资源7~SRS资源0),则第一位图可以包括8个比特(B7~B0),每个比特对应一个SRS资源,若第一位图为00001111,其中,比特位取值1表示对应的SRS资源用于SRS传输,取值为0表示对应的SRS资源不用于SRS传输,则第一位图表示SRS资源0~SRS资源3用于SRS传输,SRS资源4~SRS资源7不用于SRS传输。For example, if the first SRS resource set includes 8 SRS resources (SRS resource 7-SRS resource 0), the first bitmap may include 8 bits (B7-B0), and each bit corresponds to one SRS resource. If the first The bitmap is 00001111, where a bit value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission, a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission, and the first bitmap indicates that SRS resource 0 to SRS resource 3 are used For SRS transmission, SRS resource 4 to SRS resource 7 are not used for SRS transmission.
在一些实施例中,第一指示信息可以用于指示第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于SRS传输,或者,第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于SRS传输。In some embodiments, the first indication information may be used to indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
在一些实现方式中,第一指示信息包括第一指示域,该第一指示域用于指示第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于SRS传输,或者,第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于SRS传输。In some implementations, the first indication information includes a first indication field, and the first indication field is used to indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission. Both are used for SRS transmission.
也即,前述的至少一个第一SRS资源可以包括第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源,或者,前述的至少一个第二SRS资源可以包括第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源。That is, the aforementioned at least one first SRS resource may include all the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set, or the aforementioned at least one second SRS resource may include all the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set.
换言之,网络设备可以进行SRS资源集粒度的动态指示。In other words, the network device can dynamically indicate the granularity of the SRS resource set.
通过独立的指示域指示一个SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于SRS传输或者均不用于SRS传输,这样,可以不必对SRS资源集中的每个SRS资源进行单独指示,有利于降低信令开销。Indicate that all SRS resources in an SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission or none are used for SRS transmission through an independent indication field. In this way, it is not necessary to separately indicate each SRS resource in the SRS resource set, which is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
可选地,该网络设备可以通过MAC CE信令或DCI信令中的预留比特指示第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于SRS传输,或者,第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于SRS传输。Optionally, the network device may indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission through MAC CE signaling or a reserved bit in DCI signaling, or that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission. Used for SRS transmission.
可选地,该网络设备也可以通过MAC CE信令或DCI信令中的已有信息域的无效值,或者预留值指示第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于SRS传输,或者,第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于SRS传输。Optionally, the network device may also indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission through an invalid value of an existing information field in MAC CE signaling or DCI signaling, or a reserved value, or, All SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
可选地,该第一指示域可以为1比特。Optionally, the first indication field may be 1 bit.
例如,该1比特取值为第一值表示第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于传输,取值为第二值表示第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于传输。For example, the first value of the 1 bit indicates that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for transmission, and the second value indicates that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for transmission.
又例如,该1比特取值为第一值表示第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于传输,取值为第二值表示第一SRS资源集中存在不用于传输的至少一个第二SRS资源,该至少一个第二SRS资源根据该至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息确定,或者该至少一个第二SRS资源根据第一SRS资源确定。For another example, the first value of the 1 bit indicates that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for transmission, and the second value indicates that there is at least one second SRS resource not used for transmission in the first SRS resource set , the at least one second SRS resource is determined according to the indication information of the at least one second SRS resource, or the at least one second SRS resource is determined according to the first SRS resource.
再例如,该1比特取值为第二值表示第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于传输,取值为第一值表示第一SRS资源集中存在用于传输的至少一个第一SRS资源,该至少一个第一SRS资源根据该至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息确定。For another example, the value of the 1 bit is the second value indicating that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for transmission, and the value of the 1 bit is the first value indicating that there is at least one first SRS resource used for transmission in the first SRS resource set , the at least one first SRS resource is determined according to the indication information of the at least one first SRS resource.
可选地,第一值为1,第二值为0,或者,第一值为0,第二值为1。Optionally, the first value is 1 and the second value is 0, or the first value is 0 and the second value is 1.
在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括以下至少一项:In some embodiments, the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
所述至少一个第三SRS资源中的所述至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息;Indication information of the at least one first SRS port in the at least one third SRS resource;
所述至少一个第三SRS资源中的所述至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息。Indication information of the at least one second SRS port in the at least one third SRS resource.
即,网络设备可以指示一个SRS资源的不用于SRS传输的SRS端口,和/或,一个SRS资源的用于SRS传输的SRS端口。That is, the network device may indicate an SRS port of an SRS resource not used for SRS transmission, and/or, an SRS port of an SRS resource used for SRS transmission.
换言之,网络设备可以进行SRS端口粒度的动态指示。In other words, the network device can dynamically indicate the granularity of the SRS port.
网络设备通过第一指示信息灵活指示用于SRS传输的SRS端口,或不用于SRS传输的SRS端口,可以在一些场景中关闭部分发送天线,降低终端设备的功耗,或者,可以实现终端设备从一种天线切换机制到另一种天线切换机制的转变。The network device flexibly indicates the SRS port used for SRS transmission or the SRS port not used for SRS transmission through the first indication information, and can turn off part of the transmitting antenna in some scenarios to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device, or realize the terminal device from A transition from one antenna switching mechanism to another.
可选地,当网络设备只指示SRS资源的不用于SRS传输的SRS端口时,则SRS资源的其他SRS端口用于SRS传输。Optionally, when the network device only indicates the SRS port of the SRS resource that is not used for SRS transmission, then other SRS ports of the SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
可选地,当网络设备只指示SRS资源的用于SRS传输的SRS端口时,则SRS资源的其他SRS端口不用于SRS传输。Optionally, when the network device only indicates the SRS port of the SRS resource used for SRS transmission, other SRS ports of the SRS resource are not used for SRS transmission.
在一些实施例中,该至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息可以是该至少一个第一SRS端口的端口号,端口索引,或者,该至少一个第一SRS端口在该第三SRS资源包括的所有SRS端口中的编号,或序号等,本申请并不限于此。In some embodiments, the indication information of the at least one first SRS port may be the port number and port index of the at least one first SRS port, or, all of the at least one first SRS port included in the third SRS resource The number or serial number in the SRS port is not limited in this application.
类似地,该至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息可以是该至少一个第二SRS端口的端口号,端口索引,或者,该至少一个第二SRS端口在该第三SRS资源包括的所有SRS端口中的编号,或序号等, 本申请并不限于此。Similarly, the indication information of the at least one second SRS port may be the port number and port index of the at least one second SRS port, or the at least one second SRS port among all the SRS ports included in the third SRS resource The number, or serial number, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
可选地,在该至少一个第一SRS端口的数量较少时,第一指示信息可以包括该至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息,有利于降低信令开销。Optionally, when the number of the at least one first SRS port is small, the first indication information may include indication information of the at least one first SRS port, which is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
可选地,在该至少一个第二SRS端口的数量较少时,第一指示信息可以包括该至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息,有利于降低信令开销。Optionally, when the number of the at least one second SRS port is small, the first indication information may include the indication information of the at least one second SRS port, which helps reduce signaling overhead.
在另一些实施例中,网络设备通过位图方式指示该至少一个第一SRS端口和/或该至少一个第二SRS端口。In some other embodiments, the network device indicates the at least one first SRS port and/or the at least one second SRS port in a bitmap manner.
可选地,当至少一个第一SRS端口和/或所述至少一个第二SRS端口的数量较多或端口号较长时,通过位图方式指示,有利于降低信令开销。Optionally, when the number of the at least one first SRS port and/or the at least one second SRS port is relatively large or the port number is relatively long, it is indicated in a bitmap manner, which helps reduce signaling overhead.
在一些实现方式中,该第一指示信息包括第二位图,该第二位图包括多个比特,每个比特对应第三SRS资源的一个SRS端口,每个比特的取值用于指示第三SRS资源的对应SRS端口是否用于SRS传输。作为示例,取值为1表示对应的SRS端口用于SRS传输,取值为0表示对应的SRS端口不用于SRS传输。作为另一示例,取值为0表示对应的SRS端口用于SRS传输,取值为1表示对应的SRS端口不用于SRS传输。In some implementations, the first indication information includes a second bitmap, the second bitmap includes a plurality of bits, each bit corresponds to an SRS port of the third SRS resource, and the value of each bit is used to indicate the Whether the corresponding SRS port of the three SRS resources is used for SRS transmission. As an example, a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is used for SRS transmission, and a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is not used for SRS transmission. As another example, a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is used for SRS transmission, and a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is not used for SRS transmission.
举例说明,第三SRS资源包括4个SRS端口(SRS端口4~SRS端口0),则第二位图可以包括4个比特(B3~B0),每个比特对应一个SRS端口,则若第二位图为0011,比特位取值为1表示对应的SRS端口用于SRS传输,取值为0表示对应的SRS端口不用于SRS传输,则第二位图指示SRS端口0~SRS端口1用于SRS传输,SRS端口2~SRS端口3不用于SRS传输。For example, if the third SRS resource includes 4 SRS ports (SRS port 4-SRS port 0), the second bitmap may include 4 bits (B3-B0), each bit corresponds to an SRS port, then if the second The bitmap is 0011, a bit value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is used for SRS transmission, and a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is not used for SRS transmission, and the second bitmap indicates that SRS port 0 to SRS port 1 are used for For SRS transmission, SRS port 2 to SRS port 3 are not used for SRS transmission.
在一些实施例中,该第一指示信息可以用于指示一个SRS资源的所有SRS端口均不用于SRS传输,或者,该一个SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于SRS传输。In some embodiments, the first indication information may be used to indicate that all SRS ports of one SRS resource are not used for SRS transmission, or all SRS ports of one SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
在一些实现方式中,该第一指示信息包括第二指示域,该第二指示域用于指示该第一SRS资源集中的第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均不用于SRS传输,或者,该第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于SRS传输。In some implementations, the first indication information includes a second indication field, and the second indication field is used to indicate that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or, the second indication field All SRS ports of the three SRS resources are used for SRS transmission.
通过独立的指示域指示一个SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于SRS传输,或,均不用于SRS传输,这样,可以不必对每个SRS端口进行单独指示,有利于降低信令开销。An independent indication field indicates that all SRS ports of an SRS resource are used for SRS transmission, or none are used for SRS transmission. In this way, it is not necessary to separately indicate each SRS port, which is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
可选地,所述网络设备可以通过MAC CE信令或DCI信令中的预留比特指示第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均不用于SRS传输,或者,所述第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于SRS传输。Optionally, the network device may indicate that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are not used for SRS transmission through MAC CE signaling or reserved bits in DCI signaling, or that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource Both are used for SRS transmission.
可选地,所述网络设备也可以利用MAC CE信令或DCI信令中的已有信息域的无效值,或者预留值指示第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均不用于SRS传输,或者,所述第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于SRS传输。Optionally, the network device may also use an invalid value of an existing information field in MAC CE signaling or DCI signaling, or a reserved value to indicate that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are not used for SRS transmission, or, All SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
可选地,所述第二指示域可以为1比特。Optionally, the second indication field may be 1 bit.
例如,该1比特取值为第三值表示第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于传输,取值为第四值表示第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均不用于传输。For example, the third value of the 1 bit indicates that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for transmission, and the fourth value indicates that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are not used for transmission.
又例如,该1比特取值为第三值表示第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于传输,取值为第四值表示第三SRS资源中存在不用于传输的至少一个第二SRS端口,该至少一个第二SRS端口根据该至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息确定,或者该至少一个第二SRS端口根据第一SRS端口确定。For another example, the value of the 1 bit indicates that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for transmission, and the value of the 1 bit indicates that there is at least one second SRS port not used for transmission in the third SRS resource, The at least one second SRS port is determined according to the indication information of the at least one second SRS port, or the at least one second SRS port is determined according to the first SRS port.
再例如,该1比特取值为第四值表示第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均不用于传输,取值为第三值表示第三SRS资源中存在用于传输的至少一个第一SRS端口,该至少一个第一SRS端口根据该至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息确定。For another example, the value of the 1 bit is the fourth value indicating that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are not used for transmission, and the value of the 1 bit is the third value indicating that there is at least one first SRS port used for transmission in the third SRS resource, The at least one first SRS port is determined according to the indication information of the at least one first SRS port.
可选地,第三值为1,第四值为0,或者,第三值为0,第四值为1。Optionally, the third value is 1 and the fourth value is 0, or the third value is 0 and the fourth value is 1.
在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息还可以包括:该至少一个第三SRS资源的指示信息。In some embodiments, the first indication information may further include: indication information of the at least one third SRS resource.
即上述端口、指示信息可以是针对特定SRS资源的,在另一些实施例中,在未配置端口指示信息对应的SRS资源的情况下,默认上述端口指示信息针对第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源,或者,针对所有SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源。That is, the above-mentioned ports and indication information may be specific to specific SRS resources. In other embodiments, if the SRS resources corresponding to the port indication information are not configured, the above-mentioned port indication information is by default directed to all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set , or, for all SRS resources in the set of all SRS resources.
可选地,该第三SRS资源的指示信息可以是该第三SRS资源的标识(Identity,ID),索引,或者,该第三SRS资源在该第一SRS资源集中的编号,或序号等,本申请并不限于此。Optionally, the indication information of the third SRS resource may be an identity (Identity, ID) and index of the third SRS resource, or a serial number or serial number of the third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, etc., This application is not limited thereto.
在一些实施例中,该第一指示信息还包括该第一SRS资源集的指示信息。In some embodiments, the first indication information further includes indication information of the first SRS resource set.
可选地,该第一SRS资源集的指示信息可以是该第一SRS资源集的ID,索引,或者,该第一SRS资源在多个SRS资源集中的编号,或序号等,本申请并不限于此。Optionally, the indication information of the first SRS resource set may be the ID and index of the first SRS resource set, or the serial number or serial number of the first SRS resource in multiple SRS resource sets, etc. This application does not limited to this.
即上述SRS资源的指示信息和/或端口指示信息可以是针对特定SRS资源集的,在另一些实施例中,在未配置SRS资源的指示信息和/或端口指示信息对应的SRS资源集的情况下,默认上述SRS资源的指示信息和/或端口指示信息针对特定SRS资源集(例如第一个SRS资源集),或者,针对所有 SRS资源集。That is, the above-mentioned SRS resource indication information and/or port indication information may be specific to a specific SRS resource set, and in other embodiments, in the case where the SRS resource indication information and/or port indication information corresponding to the SRS resource set is not configured By default, the above SRS resource indication information and/or port indication information is for a specific SRS resource set (for example, the first SRS resource set), or for all SRS resource sets.
在一些实施例中,该第一信息还可以包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示第一指示信息的应用对象,例如,该第二指示信息用于指示第一指示信息所对应的服务小区和/或第一指示信息所对应的带宽部分BWP。In some embodiments, the first information may further include second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the application object of the first indication information, for example, the second indication information is used to indicate The serving cell and/or the bandwidth part BWP corresponding to the first indication information.
可选地,该第二指示信息可以包括一个或多个服务小区的ID(serving cell ID)或服务小区索引(serving cell index)。该第一指示信息可以应用于该serving cell ID或serving cell index对应的服务小区。或者,该第一指示信息应用于除serving cell ID或serving cell index对应的服务小区之外的其他服务小区。Optionally, the second indication information may include ID (serving cell ID) or serving cell index (serving cell index) of one or more serving cells. The first indication information may be applied to the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or serving cell index. Alternatively, the first indication information is applied to other serving cells except the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or the serving cell index.
可选地,该第二指示信息可以包括一个或多个带宽部分(BandWidth Part,BWP)ID或BWP index。该第一指示信息可以应用于该BWP ID或BWP index对应的上行BWP上。或者,该第一指示信息应用于除该BWP ID或BWP index对应的上行BWP之外的其他上行BWP。Optionally, the second indication information may include one or more bandwidth part (BandWidth Part, BWP) IDs or BWP indexes. The first indication information may be applied to the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or the BWP index. Or, the first indication information is applied to other uplink BWPs except the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or BWP index.
在一些实施例中,若第二指示信息指示的服务小区属于第一服务小区列表,则该第一指示信息对应该第一服务小区列表中的所有服务小区,即第一指示信息可以应用于该第一服务小区列表中的所有服务小区,其中,该第一服务小区列表用于指示至少一个服务小区。In some embodiments, if the serving cell indicated by the second indication information belongs to the first serving cell list, the first indication information corresponds to all serving cells in the first serving cell list, that is, the first indication information can be applied to the first serving cell list. All serving cells in the first serving cell list, where the first serving cell list is used to indicate at least one serving cell.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,服务小区也可以替换为成员载波(Component Carrier,CC),则第二指示信息可以用于指示第一指示信息对应的载波,第一服务小区列表可以替换为第一载波列表。因此,在后续描述中,经常会把成员载波和服务小区等同使用,或者把载波和小区等同使用,二者可以是相互替换的。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the serving cell can also be replaced by a component carrier (Component Carrier, CC), then the second indication information can be used to indicate the carrier corresponding to the first indication information, and the first serving cell list can be replaced by First carrier list. Therefore, in the subsequent description, the component carrier and the serving cell are often used equally, or the carrier and the cell are used equally, and the two may be replaced with each other.
这样,网络设备发送一次第一信息,可以进行多个载波上的SRS资源动态指示,因此不必对每个载波进行单独的SRS资源动态指示,有利于降低终端功耗,同时降低信令开销。In this way, the network device can perform dynamic indication of SRS resources on multiple carriers by sending the first information once, so it is not necessary to perform a separate dynamic indication of SRS resources for each carrier, which is beneficial to reduce terminal power consumption and signaling overhead.
可选地,该第一服务小区列表可以包括一个或多个serving cell ID(或者serving cell index),或者可以包括一个或多个成员载波指示或标识。Optionally, the first serving cell list may include one or more serving cell IDs (or serving cell indexes), or may include one or more component carrier indications or identifiers.
在一些实施例中,该第一服务小区列表可以是网络设备配置的,或者预配置的。In some embodiments, the first serving cell list may be configured by the network device, or pre-configured.
例如,网络设备可以通过RRC信令配置该第一服务小区列表。For example, the network device may configure the first serving cell list through RRC signaling.
可选地,在该第一服务小区列表中的服务小区上,终端设备可以使用相同的天线切换配置,因此,在第一服务小区列表中的服务小区上,终端设备基于相同的天线切换动态指示进行SRS传输,能够最大限度降低终端功耗。Optionally, on the serving cells in the first serving cell list, the terminal device can use the same antenna switching configuration, therefore, on the serving cells in the first serving cell list, the terminal device can use the same antenna switching dynamic instruction SRS transmission can minimize terminal power consumption.
在一些实施例中,该第一指示信息对应同一频段(band,例如intra-band)中的所有载波或同一频段(band,例如intra-band)中的所有小区。In some embodiments, the first indication information corresponds to all carriers in the same frequency band (band, such as intra-band) or all cells in the same frequency band (band, such as intra-band).
这样,网络设备发送一次第一信息,可以进行一个band上的多个载波(或小区)上的SRS资源动态指示,因此不必对一个band上的每个载波(或小区)进行单独的SRS资源动态指示,有利于降低终端功耗,同时降低信令开销。In this way, the network device sends the first information once, and can perform SRS resource dynamic indication on multiple carriers (or cells) on one band, so it is not necessary to perform separate SRS resource dynamics on each carrier (or cell) on one band Instructions are beneficial to reduce terminal power consumption and reduce signaling overhead.
可选地,该第二指示信息还包括频段信息。该第一指示信息应用于该频段信息对应的频段中的所有载波。Optionally, the second indication information also includes frequency band information. The first indication information is applied to all carriers in the frequency band corresponding to the frequency band information.
在本申请一些实施例中,如图3所示,所述方法200还包括:In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 3 , the method 200 further includes:
S201,终端设备向网络设备发送第二信息,该第二信息包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:建议的天线切换配置,建议的接收天线数目,建议的发送天线数目。S201. The terminal device sends second information to the network device, where the second information includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: recommended antenna switching configuration, recommended number of receiving antennas, recommended number of transmit antennas.
可选的,建议的接收天线数目可以是用于天线切换的接收天线数目,或者用于数据接收的天线数目,或者用于下行控制信道接收的天线数目,或者用于数据接收和下行控制信道接收的天线数目。Optionally, the recommended number of receiving antennas may be the number of receiving antennas used for antenna switching, or the number of antennas used for data reception, or the number of antennas used for downlink control channel reception, or the number of antennas used for data reception and downlink control channel reception number of antennas.
可选地,建议的发送天线数目可以是用于天线切换的发送天线数目,或者用于数据发送的天线数目,或者用于上行控制信道发送的天线数目,或者用于数据发送和上行控制信道发送的天线数目。Optionally, the suggested number of transmit antennas may be the number of transmit antennas used for antenna switching, or the number of antennas used for data transmission, or the number of antennas used for uplink control channel transmission, or the number of antennas used for data transmission and uplink control channel transmission number of antennas.
换言之,第三指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:In other words, the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
终端设备期望的天线切换配置,期望的接收天线数目,期望的发送天线数目。The desired antenna switching configuration of the terminal device, the desired number of receiving antennas, and the desired number of transmitting antennas.
可选地,所述终端设备期望的天线切换配置可以包括但不限于以下至少之一:Optionally, the desired antenna switching configuration of the terminal device may include but not limited to at least one of the following:
t1r2、t1r4、t2r4、t1r4-t2r4、t1r1、t2r2、t4r4、t1r6、t2r6、t4r6、t1r8、t2r8、t4r8。t1r2, t1r4, t2r4, t1r4-t2r4, t1r1, t2r2, t4r4, t1r6, t2r6, t4r6, t1r8, t2r8, t4r8.
可选地,终端设备期望的接收天线数目可以包括但不限于以下至少之一:1,2,4,6,8。Optionally, the number of receiving antennas expected by the terminal device may include but not limited to at least one of the following: 1, 2, 4, 6, and 8.
可选地,终端设备期望的发送天线目可以包括但不限于以下至少之一:1,2,4,8。Optionally, the transmit antenna desired by the terminal device may include but not limited to at least one of the following: 1, 2, 4, and 8.
可选地,终端设备可以根据自身能力或传输需求等向网络设备指示期望采用的天线切换方式,从而网络设备可以对终端设备进行合适的配置,以优化终端设备的配置或满足终端设备的需求。Optionally, the terminal device can indicate to the network device the desired antenna switching mode according to its own capability or transmission requirements, so that the network device can properly configure the terminal device to optimize the configuration of the terminal device or meet the requirements of the terminal device.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以通过任一上行信令或上行消息发送该第二信息,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may send the second information through any uplink signaling or uplink message, which is not limited in the present application.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息通过以下至少之一承载:In some embodiments, the second information is carried by at least one of the following:
MAC CE,上行控制信息(Uplink Control Information,UCI),物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel,PUCCH)。MAC CE, Uplink Control Information (UCI), Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH).
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第三指示信息所对应的应用对象。In some embodiments, the second information further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate an application object corresponding to the third indication information.
例如,第四指示信息用于指示第三指示信息对应的服务小区和/或BWP。For example, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell and/or BWP corresponding to the third indication information.
可选地,该第四指示信息可以包括一个或多个serving cell ID或serving cell index。该第三指示信息可以应用于该serving cell ID或serving cell index对应的服务小区。或者,该第三指示信息应用于除serving cell ID或serving cell index对应的服务小区之外的其他服务小区。Optionally, the fourth indication information may include one or more serving cell IDs or serving cell indexes. The third indication information may be applied to the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or serving cell index. Or, the third indication information is applied to other serving cells except the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or the serving cell index.
可选地,该第四指示信息可以包括一个或多个成员载波指示或标识,该第三指示信息可以应用于该一个或多个成员载波指示或标识对应的载波上的服务小区。或者,该第三指示信息应用于除一个或多个成员载波指示或标识之外的其他载波上的服务小区。Optionally, the fourth indication information may include one or more component carrier indications or identifications, and the third indication information may be applied to the one or more component carrier indications or identifications of serving cells on corresponding carriers. Or, the third indication information is applied to serving cells on other carriers except one or more component carrier indications or identities.
可选地,在未指示第三指示信息对应的服务小区的情况下,可以默认该第三指示信息对应当前的服务小区。Optionally, if the serving cell corresponding to the third indication information is not indicated, the third indication information may be defaulted to correspond to the current serving cell.
可选地,该第四指示信息可以包括一个或多个BWP ID或BWP index。该第三指示信息可以应用于该BWP ID或BWP index对应的上行BWP上。或者,该第一指示信息应用于除该BWP ID或BWP index对应的上行BWP之外的其他上行BWP。Optionally, the fourth indication information may include one or more BWP IDs or BWP indexes. The third indication information may be applied to the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or BWP index. Or, the first indication information is applied to other uplink BWPs except the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or BWP index.
可选地,在未指示第三指示信息对应的BWP的情况下,可以默认该第三指示信息对应当前激活的BWP。Optionally, if the BWP corresponding to the third indication information is not indicated, the third indication information may be defaulted to correspond to the currently activated BWP.
在本申请一些实施例中,如图3所示,所述方法200还包括:In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 3 , the method 200 further includes:
S202,所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:S202. The terminal device sends third information to the network device, where the third information includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS资源集;A set of SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的不用于传输SRS资源;The terminal device suggests not to use the SRS resource for transmission;
所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS端口;SRS ports not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源集;An SRS resource set for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源;SRS resources for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS端口。The SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission.
即,终端设备可以向网络设备建议SRS资源集粒度,和/或SRS资源粒度,和/或SRS端口粒度的传输状态指示。或者,终端设备可以网络设备发送期望的SRS资源动态指示。可选地,所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS端口,可以为所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源所对应的不用于传输的SRS端口,或者,也可以为所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源对应的不用于传输的SRS端口。That is, the terminal device may suggest the SRS resource set granularity, and/or the SRS resource granularity, and/or the transmission status indication of the SRS port granularity to the network device. Alternatively, the terminal device may send the desired SRS resource dynamic indication to the network device. Optionally, the SRS port not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device may be an SRS port not used for transmission corresponding to the SRS resource suggested by the terminal device for transmission, or may also be an SRS port not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device SRS ports not used for transmission corresponding to all SRS resources in the suggested SRS resource set for transmission.
即该终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS端口可以对应特定的SRS资源,也可以对应SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源。That is, the SRS port not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device may correspond to a specific SRS resource, or may correspond to all SRS resources in the SRS resource set.
可选地,所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS端口,可以为所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源所对应的用于传输的SRS端口,或者,也可以为所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源对应的用于传输的SRS端口。Optionally, the SRS port for transmission suggested by the terminal device may be the SRS port for transmission corresponding to the SRS resource for transmission suggested by the terminal device, or may be SRS ports used for transmission corresponding to all SRS resources in the suggested SRS resource set for transmission.
即该终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS端口可以对应特定的SRS资源,也可以对应SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源。That is, the SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission may correspond to a specific SRS resource, or may correspond to all SRS resources in the SRS resource set.
可选地,终端设备可以根据自身能力或传输需求等向网络设备指示期望的SRS资源动态指示,从而网络设备可以对终端设备进行合适的配置,以满足终端设备的需求。Optionally, the terminal device may indicate to the network device the desired SRS resource dynamic indication according to its own capability or transmission requirements, so that the network device may properly configure the terminal device to meet the requirements of the terminal device.
在一些实施例中,所述第五指示信息可以包括:In some embodiments, the fifth indication information may include:
终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS资源集的指示信息,例如SRS资源集的ID,索引,或者,该SRS资源在多个SRS资源集中的编号,或序号等,本申请并不限于此。The indication information of the SRS resource set that is not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device, such as the ID and index of the SRS resource set, or the number or sequence number of the SRS resource in multiple SRS resource sets, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
在一些实施例中,所述第五指示信息可以包括:In some embodiments, the fifth indication information may include:
终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源集的指示信息,例如SRS资源集的ID,索引,或者,该SRS资源在多个SRS资源集中的编号,或序号等,本申请并不限于此。The indication information of the SRS resource set used for transmission suggested by the terminal device, such as the ID and index of the SRS resource set, or the number or sequence number of the SRS resource in multiple SRS resource sets, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
在一些实施例中,所述第五指示信息可以包括:终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS资源的指示信息,例如SRS资源的ID,索引,或者,该SRS资源在对应的SRS资源集中的编号,或序号等,本申请并不限于此。In some embodiments, the fifth indication information may include: indication information of an SRS resource not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device, such as the ID and index of the SRS resource, or the number of the SRS resource in the corresponding SRS resource set , or serial number, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
在一些实施例中,所述第五指示信息可以包括:In some embodiments, the fifth indication information may include:
终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源的指示信息,例如SRS资源的ID,索引,或者,该SRS 资源在对应的SRS资源集中的编号,或序号等,本申请并不限于此。The indication information of the SRS resource used for transmission suggested by the terminal device, such as the ID and index of the SRS resource, or the serial number or serial number of the SRS resource in the corresponding SRS resource set, the present application is not limited thereto.
在另一些实施例中,终端设备也可以通过位图方式指示一个SRS资源集中建议的用于传输的SRS资源以及建议的不用于传输的SRS资源,具体指示方式参考第一位图的相关描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In some other embodiments, the terminal device may also indicate the suggested SRS resources for transmission and the suggested SRS resources not used for transmission in an SRS resource set through a bitmap. For specific indication methods, refer to the relevant description of the first bitmap. For the sake of brevity, no more details are given here.
在一些实施例中,所述第五指示信息可以包括:In some embodiments, the fifth indication information may include:
终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS端口的指示信息,例如SRS端口的端口号,索引,或者,该SRS端口在对应的SRS资源中的编号,或序号等,本申请并不限于此。The indication information of the SRS port used for transmission suggested by the terminal device, such as the port number and index of the SRS port, or the number or sequence number of the SRS port in the corresponding SRS resource, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
在一些实施例中,所述第五指示信息可以包括:In some embodiments, the fifth indication information may include:
终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS端口的指示信息,例如SRS端口的端口号,索引,或者,该SRS端口在对应的SRS资源中的编号,或序号等,本申请并不限于此。The indication information of the SRS port not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device, such as the port number and index of the SRS port, or the number or serial number of the SRS port in the corresponding SRS resource, etc., the present application is not limited thereto.
在另一些实施例中,终端设备也可以通过位图方式指示一个SRS资源中建议的用于传输的SRS端口以及建议的不用于传输的SRS端口,具体指示方式参考第二位图的相关描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。In some other embodiments, the terminal device may also indicate the suggested SRS port for transmission and the suggested SRS port not used for transmission in an SRS resource through a bitmap. For the specific indication method, refer to the relevant description of the second bitmap. For the sake of brevity, no more details are given here.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以通过任一上行信令或上行消息发送该第三信息,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may send the third information through any uplink signaling or uplink message, which is not limited in the present application.
在一些实施例中,所述第三信息通过以下至少之一承载:MAC CE,UCI,PUCCH。In some embodiments, the third information is carried by at least one of the following: MAC CE, UCI, and PUCCH.
在一些实施例中,所述第三信息还包括第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第五指示信息所对应的应用对象。In some embodiments, the third information further includes sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate the application object corresponding to the fifth indication information.
例如,第六指示信息用于指示第五指示信息对应的服务小区和/或BWP。For example, the sixth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell and/or BWP corresponding to the fifth indication information.
可选地,该第六指示信息可以包括一个或多个serving cell ID或serving cell index。该第五指示信息可以应用于该serving cell ID或serving cell index对应的服务小区。或者,该第五指示信息可以应用于除该serving cell ID或serving cell index对应的服务小区之外的其他服务小区。Optionally, the sixth indication information may include one or more serving cell IDs or serving cell indexes. The fifth indication information may be applied to the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or serving cell index. Alternatively, the fifth indication information may be applied to other serving cells except the serving cell corresponding to the serving cell ID or serving cell index.
可选地,该第六指示信息可以包括一个或多个成员载波指示或标识,该第五指示信息可以应用于该一个或多个成员载波指示或标识对应的载波上的服务小区。或者,该第五指示信息应用于除一个或多个成员载波指示或标识之外的其他载波上的服务小区。Optionally, the sixth indication information may include one or more component carrier indications or identifications, and the fifth indication information may be applied to the one or more component carrier indications or identifications of serving cells on corresponding carriers. Or, the fifth indication information is applied to serving cells on other carriers except one or more component carrier indications or identities.
可选地,在未指示第五指示信息对应的服务小区的情况下,可以默认该第五指示信息对应当前的服务小区。Optionally, if the serving cell corresponding to the fifth indication information is not indicated, the fifth indication information may be defaulted to correspond to the current serving cell.
可选地,该第六指示信息可以包括一个或多个BWP ID或BWP index。该第五指示信息可以应用于该BWP ID或BWP index对应的上行BWP上。或者,该第五指示信息可以应用于除该BWP ID或BWP index对应的上行BWP之外的其他上行BWP。Optionally, the sixth indication information may include one or more BWP IDs or BWP indexes. The fifth indication information may be applied to the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or the BWP index. Or, the fifth indication information may be applied to other uplink BWPs except the uplink BWP corresponding to the BWP ID or BWP index.
可选地,在未指示第五指示信息对应的BWP的情况下,可以默认该第五指示信息对应当前激活的BWP。Optionally, if the BWP corresponding to the fifth indication information is not indicated, the fifth indication information may be defaulted to correspond to the currently activated BWP.
在一些实施例中,所述方法200还包括:In some embodiments, the method 200 also includes:
S203,所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息表示所述终端设备支持根据所述第一信息、天线切换动态指示和SRS资源动态指示中的至少一项进行SRS传输。S203. The terminal device reports first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information indicates that the terminal device supports at least one of the first information, antenna switching dynamic indication, and SRS resource dynamic indication Perform SRS transmission.
即,终端设备可以向网络设备指示其支持SRS资源动态指示,或者说,支持网络设备采用SRS资源动态指示方式变更SRS资源集参数,这样,网络设备可以在需要变更RS资源集参数时,网络设备可以发送SRS资源动态指示,指示SRS资源集参数的传输状态的变化,或者,变更后SRS资源集参数的传输状态,而不需要通过RRC信令重配置SRS资源集参数,从而终端设备可以根据该SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输,有利于降低变更天线切换机制的时延,实现SRS资源集参数的快速调整,同时有利于降低信令开销。That is, the terminal device can indicate to the network device that it supports dynamic indication of SRS resources, or in other words, support the network device to change the parameters of the SRS resource set by using the dynamic indication of SRS resources. In this way, when the network device needs to change the parameters of the RS resource set, the network device The SRS resource dynamic indication can be sent to indicate the change of the transmission state of the SRS resource set parameters, or the transmission state of the SRS resource set parameters after the change, without reconfiguring the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, so that the terminal device can The dynamic indication of SRS resources for SRS transmission is beneficial to reduce the delay of changing the antenna switching mechanism, realize the rapid adjustment of SRS resource set parameters, and reduce signaling overhead.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以通过任一上行信令或上行消息发送该第一能力信息,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may send the first capability information through any uplink signaling or uplink message, which is not limited in the present application.
在一些实施例中,所述第一能力信息通过以下至少之一承载:MAC CE、RRC信令。In some embodiments, the first capability information is carried by at least one of the following: MAC CE and RRC signaling.
在一些实施例中,该第一能力信息还可以用于指示目标频段和/或目标载波,该目标频段上的服务小区和/或该目标载波上的服务小区可配置在同一服务小区列表中。In some embodiments, the first capability information may also be used to indicate a target frequency band and/or a target carrier, and serving cells on the target frequency band and/or serving cells on the target carrier may be configured in the same serving cell list.
可选地,网络设备获知该目标频段信息后,可以获知终端设备在目标频段上可以使用相同的天线,从而可以基于该目标频段信息生成前文所述的第一服务小区列表,或者第一载波列表。Optionally, after learning the target frequency band information, the network device can know that the terminal device can use the same antenna on the target frequency band, so that the aforementioned first serving cell list or first carrier list can be generated based on the target frequency band information .
可选地,网络设备获知该目标频段和目标载波信息后,可以获知终端设备在目标频段上的目标载波可以使用相同的天线,从而可以基于该目标频段和目标载波信息生成前文所述的第一服务小区列表,或者第一载波列表。Optionally, after learning the target frequency band and target carrier information, the network device can know that the target carrier of the terminal device on the target frequency band can use the same antenna, so that the aforementioned first A list of serving cells, or a list of first carriers.
在一些实施例中,所述第一能力信息的配置粒度包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the configuration granularity of the first capability information includes at least one of the following:
频段,频段组合,频段组合中的每个频段,频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波,频段范围,用户设备。frequency band, frequency band combination, each frequency band in the frequency band combination, each carrier on each frequency band in the frequency band combination, frequency band range, user equipment.
例如,第一能力信息是针对频段(band)上报的,即不同的频段可以独立上报对应的第一能力信息。即第一能力信息是每频段(per band)粒度。终端设备针对不同的频段独立上报对应的第一能力信息,提升了终端设备上报第一能力信息的灵活度,例如,终端设备可以上报在第一频段上支持根据SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输,在其他频段上不支持SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输,从而可以使得更多的终端设备来支持根据SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输。For example, the first capability information is reported for a frequency band (band), that is, different frequency bands may independently report the corresponding first capability information. That is, the first capability information is per band (per band) granularity. The terminal device independently reports the corresponding first capability information for different frequency bands, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to report the first capability information. For example, the terminal device can report that the first frequency band supports SRS transmission according to the dynamic indication of SRS resources. Other frequency bands do not support dynamic SRS resource indication for SRS transmission, so that more terminal devices can support SRS transmission according to the dynamic SRS resource indication.
又例如,第一能力信息是针对频段组合(band combination,BC)上报的,即不同的频段组合可以独立上报对应的第一能力信息。即第一能力信息是每频段组合(per BC)粒度。终端设备针对不同的频段组合独立上报对应的第一能力信息,提升了终端设备上报第一能力信息的灵活度,例如,终端设备可以上报在第一频段组合上支持根据SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输,在其他频段组合上不支持SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输,从而可以使得更多的终端设备来支持根据SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输。For another example, the first capability information is reported for a frequency band combination (band combination, BC), that is, different frequency band combinations can independently report the corresponding first capability information. That is, the first capability information is per frequency band combination (per BC) granularity. The terminal device independently reports the corresponding first capability information for different frequency band combinations, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to report the first capability information. For example, the terminal device can report that the first frequency band combination supports SRS transmission according to the dynamic indication of SRS resources. , other frequency band combinations do not support SRS resource dynamic indication for SRS transmission, so that more terminal devices can support SRS transmission according to the SRS resource dynamic indication.
又例如,第一能力信息是针对频段组合中的每个频段独立上报的,即不同的频段组合中的每个频段可以独立上报对应的第一能力信息。即第一能力信息是每频段组合每频段(per band per BC)粒度。终端设备针对不同的频段组合中的每个频段独立上报对应的第一能力信息,提升了终端设备上报第一能力信息的灵活度,例如,终端设备可以上报在第一频段组合上不支持根据SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输,在第二频段组合中的某个频段上支持SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输,从而可以使得更多的终端设备来支持根据SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输。For another example, the first capability information is reported independently for each frequency band in the frequency band combination, that is, each frequency band in a different frequency band combination may independently report the corresponding first capability information. That is, the first capability information is per band per BC granularity. The terminal device independently reports the corresponding first capability information for each frequency band in different frequency band combinations, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to report the first capability information. For example, the terminal device can report that the first frequency band combination does not support SRS Dynamic resource indication for SRS transmission, and SRS resource dynamic indication for SRS transmission is supported on a certain frequency band in the second frequency band combination, so that more terminal devices can support SRS transmission according to the SRS resource dynamic indication.
又例如,第一能力信息是针对频段组合中的每个频段中的每个载波独立上报的,即不同的频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波可以独立上报对应的第一能力信息。即第一能力信息是每频段组合每频段每载波(per CC per band per BC)粒度。终端设备针对不同的频段组合中的每个频段中的每个载波独立上报对应的第一能力信息,提升了终端设备上报第一能力信息的灵活度,例如,终端设备可以上报在第一频段组合上不支持根据SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输,在第二频段组合中的某个频段的某个载波上支持SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输,从而可以使得更多的终端设备来支持根据SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输。For another example, the first capability information is reported independently for each carrier in each frequency band in the frequency band combination, that is, each carrier in each frequency band in different frequency band combinations may independently report the corresponding first capability information. That is, the first capability information is per frequency band combination per frequency band per carrier (per CC per band per BC) granularity. The terminal device independently reports the corresponding first capability information for each carrier in each frequency band in different frequency band combinations, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to report the first capability information. For example, the terminal device can report the first capability information in the first frequency band combination It does not support SRS transmission based on dynamic indication of SRS resources, but supports dynamic indication of SRS resources for SRS transmission on a certain carrier in a certain frequency band in the second frequency band combination, so that more terminal devices can support dynamic SRS transmission based on SRS resources. Indicates SRS transmission.
再例如,第一能力信息是针对频段范围(Frequency range,FR)上报的,即不同的FR可以独立上报对应的第一能力信息。即第一能力信息是每FR(per FR)粒度,例如第一频段范围(FR1)和第二频段范围(FR2)独立上报对应的第一能力信息。终端设备针对不同的FR独立上报对应的第一能力信息,提升了终端设备上报第一能力信息的灵活度,例如,终端设备可以在FR1上不支持根据SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输,在FR2上不支持SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输,从而可以使得更多的终端设备来支持根据SRS资源动态指示进行SRS传输。For another example, the first capability information is reported for a frequency range (Frequency range, FR), that is, different FRs can independently report the corresponding first capability information. That is, the first capability information is per FR (per FR) granularity, for example, the first frequency range (FR1) and the second frequency range (FR2) independently report the corresponding first capability information. The terminal device independently reports the corresponding first capability information for different FRs, which improves the flexibility of the terminal device to report the first capability information. For example, the terminal device may not support SRS transmission according to the dynamic indication of SRS resources on FR1, but on FR2 The dynamic SRS resource indication is not supported for SRS transmission, so that more terminal devices can support SRS transmission according to the SRS resource dynamic indication.
在本申请一些实施例中,如图3所示,所述方法200还包括:In some embodiments of the present application, as shown in FIG. 3 , the method 200 further includes:
S220,所述终端设备根据第一信息进行SRS传输。S220. The terminal device performs SRS transmission according to the first information.
例如,终端设备在所述第一SRS资源集中的所述至少一个SRS资源上进行SRS传输;和/或For example, the terminal device performs SRS transmission on the at least one SRS resource in the first SRS resource set; and/or
所述终端设备在所述第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口上进行SRS传输。The terminal device performs SRS transmission on at least one first SRS port of the third SRS resource.
可选地,所述终端设备可以根据第一SRS资源集的资源类型进行SRS传输。Optionally, the terminal device may perform SRS transmission according to the resource type of the first SRS resource set.
例如,若第一SRS资源集的资源类型为周期或半持续的,终端设备可以根据SRS信号的周期和时隙偏移进行SRS传输。For example, if the resource type of the first SRS resource set is periodic or semi-persistent, the terminal device may perform SRS transmission according to the period and time slot offset of the SRS signal.
又例如,第一SRS资源集的资源类型为非周期的,终端设备可以基于网络设备的触发信令(例如DCI)进行SRS传输。For another example, the resource type of the first SRS resource set is aperiodic, and the terminal device may perform SRS transmission based on trigger signaling (for example, DCI) of the network device.
以下,2T4R类型的天线切换为例,说明所述第一信息的具体实现,但本申请并不限于此。Hereinafter, the 2T4R antenna switching is taken as an example to describe the specific implementation of the first information, but the present application is not limited thereto.
具体地,网络设备通过RRC信令给终端设备配置第一SRS resource set,用于2T4R类型的天线切换,其中,该第一SRS resource set包含2个SRS resource(分别记为SRS resource A和SRS resource B),每个SRS resource包括2个SRS端口(分别记为SRS端口A和SRS端口B)。Specifically, the network device configures the first SRS resource set for the terminal device through RRC signaling for 2T4R antenna switching, wherein the first SRS resource set includes two SRS resources (respectively denoted as SRS resource A and SRS resource B), each SRS resource includes 2 SRS ports (respectively marked as SRS port A and SRS port B).
可选地,所述第一SRS resource set对应的RRC信息元素(Information Element,IE)中的用途(usage)域(field或字段)设置为“antennaSwitching”,表示该第一SRS资源集用于天线切换。Optionally, the usage (usage) domain (field or field) in the RRC information element (Information Element, IE) corresponding to the first SRS resource set is set to "antennaSwitching", indicating that the first SRS resource set is used for the antenna switch.
可选地,所述第一SRS resource set对应的SRS-ResourceSet参数中的resourceType配置为以下中的一种:非周期的(aperiodic)、半持续的(semiPersistent)、周期的(periodic)。Optionally, the resourceType in the SRS-ResourceSet parameter corresponding to the first SRS resource set is configured as one of the following: aperiodic (aperiodic), semi-persistent (semiPersistent), and periodic (periodic).
当终端设备进行SRS传输时,根据该2个SRS resource进行SRS传输。When the terminal device performs SRS transmission, it performs SRS transmission according to the two SRS resources.
实施例一:Embodiment one:
在该实施例一中,网络设备可以进行SRS资源粒度的传输状态指示。In the first embodiment, the network device can indicate the transmission status of the SRS resource granularity.
终端设备接收到网络设备通过MAC CE信令发送的第一信息,该第一信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示以下之一:The terminal device receives first information sent by the network device through MAC CE signaling, the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
示例1:第一指示信息指示SRS resource A用于传输。Example 1: The first indication information indicates that SRS resource A is used for transmission.
示例2:第一指示信息指示SRS resource B不用于传输。Example 2: The first indication information indicates that the SRS resource B is not used for transmission.
示例3:第一指示信息指示SRS resource A用于传输,并且SRS resource B不用于传输。Example 3: The first indication information indicates that SRS resource A is used for transmission, and SRS resource B is not used for transmission.
则,当终端设备进行SRS传输时,只根据SRS resource A进行SRS传输,或者说,只传输SRS resource A。Then, when the terminal device performs SRS transmission, it only performs SRS transmission according to SRS resource A, or in other words, only transmits SRS resource A.
通过第一指示信息所指示的传输状态,终端设备根据第一SRS资源集进行的传输,相当于2T2R的传输。According to the transmission state indicated by the first indication information, the transmission performed by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource set is equivalent to 2T2R transmission.
例如,在终端设备期望从2T4R的天线切换变更为2T2R的天线切换(例如,出于功耗的考虑)时,终端设备可以通过第二信息指示期望的天线切换配置为2T2R,则网络设备可以通过第一信息指示两个SRS资源中的一个SRS资源不用于SRS传输,即指示SRS资源的传输状态的变化,或者,SRS资源变更后的传输状态,而不需要通过RRC信令重配置SRS资源集参数,有利于降低信令开销。For example, when the terminal device expects to change from 2T4R antenna switching to 2T2R antenna switching (for example, due to power consumption considerations), the terminal device may indicate through the second information that the desired antenna switching configuration is 2T2R, and the network device may pass The first information indicates that one of the two SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission, that is, indicates the change of the transmission state of the SRS resource, or the transmission state of the SRS resource after the change, without reconfiguring the SRS resource set through RRC signaling parameter, which is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
又例如,在终端设备期望从2T4R的天线切换变更为2T2R的天线切换(例如,出于功耗的考虑)时,终端设备可以通过第三信息指示建议不用于传输的SRS资源为SRS资源B,或者建议用于传输的SRS资源为SRS资源A,或者,建议两个SRS资源中仅一个SRS资源用于传输,则网络设备可以通过第一信息指示两个SRS资源中的一个SRS资源(例如SRS资源A)用于SRS传输,即指示SRS资源的传输状态的变化,或者,SRS资源变更后的传输状态,而不需要通过RRC信令重配置SRS资源集参数,有利于降低信令开销。For another example, when the terminal device expects to change from 2T4R antenna switching to 2T2R antenna switching (for example, due to power consumption considerations), the terminal device may use the third information to indicate that the SRS resource not recommended for transmission is SRS resource B, Or the SRS resource suggested for transmission is SRS resource A, or, only one of the two SRS resources is suggested for transmission, then the network device may indicate one of the two SRS resources through the first information (such as SRS Resource A) is used for SRS transmission, that is, indicating the change of the transmission state of the SRS resource, or the transmission state of the SRS resource after the change, without reconfiguring the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, which is conducive to reducing signaling overhead.
可选地,终端设备还可以接收网络设备通过RRC信令配置的第一服务小区列表,该第一服务小区列表用于指示服务小区1和服务小区3。如果第一信息还包括第二指示信息,用于指示服务小区1,则该第一指示信息应用于服务小区1对应的服务小区列表中的所有服务小区,即应用于服务小区1和服务小区3。Optionally, the terminal device may also receive a first serving cell list configured by the network device through RRC signaling, where the first serving cell list is used to indicate serving cell 1 and serving cell 3 . If the first information further includes second indication information for indicating serving cell 1, the first indication information is applied to all serving cells in the serving cell list corresponding to serving cell 1, that is, to serving cell 1 and serving cell 3 .
可选地,对于前述示例1,第一指示信息可以采用如下方式指示:Optionally, for the foregoing example 1, the first indication information may be indicated in the following manner:
方式1:假设第一SRS resource set的ID为Z,SRS resource A为SRS资源集中的第一个SRS resource。则,第一指示信息可以指示服务小区3中ID为Z的SRS resource set中的第一个resource用于SRS传输。Mode 1: Suppose the ID of the first SRS resource set is Z, and SRS resource A is the first SRS resource in the SRS resource set. Then, the first indication information may indicate that the first resource in the SRS resource set with the ID of Z in the serving cell 3 is used for SRS transmission.
方式2:假设第一SRS resource set的ID为Z,SRS resource A的ID为ID1,SRS resource B的ID为DI2。则,第一指示信息可以指示服务小区3中ID为ID1的SRS resource用于SRS传输。Method 2: Suppose the ID of the first SRS resource set is Z, the ID of SRS resource A is ID1, and the ID of SRS resource B is DI2. Then, the first indication information may indicate that the SRS resource whose ID is ID1 in the serving cell 3 is used for SRS transmission.
即第一指示信息可以用于指示用于SRS传输的SRS资源在对应的SRS资源集中的编号,或者,该SRS资源的ID。That is, the first indication information may be used to indicate the number of the SRS resource used for SRS transmission in the corresponding SRS resource set, or the ID of the SRS resource.
可选地,对于前述示例2,第一指示信息可以采用如下方式指示:Optionally, for the foregoing example 2, the first indication information may be indicated in the following manner:
方式1:假设第一SRS resource set的ID为Z,SRS resource B为SRS资源集中的第二个SRS resource。则,第一指示信息可以指示服务小区3中ID为Z的SRS resource set中的第二个resource不用于SRS传输。Mode 1: Suppose the ID of the first SRS resource set is Z, and SRS resource B is the second SRS resource in the SRS resource set. Then, the first indication information may indicate that the second resource in the SRS resource set with the ID of Z in the serving cell 3 is not used for SRS transmission.
方式2:假设第一SRS resource set的ID为Z,SRS resource B的ID为ID2,SRS resource B的ID为DI2。则,第一指示信息可以指示服务小区3中ID为ID2的SRS resource不用用于SRS传输。Method 2: Suppose the ID of the first SRS resource set is Z, the ID of SRS resource B is ID2, and the ID of SRS resource B is DI2. Then, the first indication information may indicate that the SRS resource whose ID is ID2 in the serving cell 3 is not used for SRS transmission.
即,第一指示信息可以用于指示不用于SRS传输的SRS资源在对应的SRS资源集中的编号,或者,该SRS资源的ID。That is, the first indication information may be used to indicate the number of the SRS resource not used for SRS transmission in the corresponding SRS resource set, or the ID of the SRS resource.
对于前述示例1,MAC CE信令可以包括:For the foregoing example 1, the MAC CE signaling may include:
SRS resource A的指示信息,指示SRS resource A用于SRS传输。Indication information of SRS resource A, indicating that SRS resource A is used for SRS transmission.
可选地,所述第一信息还可以包括以下至少一个信息:Optionally, the first information may also include at least one of the following information:
小区指示信息,例如可以为小区ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的小区;The cell indication information, for example, may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information;
BWP指示信息,例如,可以为BWP ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的上行BWP;The BWP indication information, for example, may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
第一SRS resource set的指示信息,例如SRS资源集ID。The indication information of the first SRS resource set, such as the SRS resource set ID.
其中,该小区指示信息和BWP指示信息可以对应于前文的第二指示信息。Wherein, the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
图4是根据示例1的MAC CE的格式示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the format of a MAC CE according to Example 1.
应理解,以下所示例的MAC CE中的各个字段(或域)的位置,大小仅为示例,其可以根据实际承载的信息大小进行设计和调整,并且,MAC CE中的一些域也可以不存在,例如小区ID域,BWP ID域等,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the positions and sizes of the various fields (or domains) in the MAC CE shown below are only examples, which can be designed and adjusted according to the size of the information actually carried, and some domains in the MAC CE may not exist , such as cell ID domain, BWP ID domain, etc., which are not limited in this application.
其中,图4中的小区ID对应前文的小区指示信息,BWP ID对应前文的BWP指示信息,SRS资源集ID对应第一SRS资源集的指示信息,SRS resource ID对应SRS resource A的指示信息,R表示 保留比特,可选的,该R也可以用于指示其他信息。Among them, the cell ID in Figure 4 corresponds to the previous cell indication information, the BWP ID corresponds to the previous BWP indication information, the SRS resource set ID corresponds to the indication information of the first SRS resource set, the SRS resource ID corresponds to the indication information of SRS resource A, and R Indicates a reserved bit. Optionally, this R can also be used to indicate other information.
可选的,SRS资源集ID指示的SRS资源集的usage设置为“antennaSwitching”。Optionally, the usage of the SRS resource set indicated by the SRS resource set ID is set to "antennaSwitching".
可选地,若第一SRS resource set中包括更多个SRS resource,例如1T4R中,一个SRS resource set可以包含4个SRS resource,用于传输的SRS资源有多个,则图4示例的MAC CE格式中可以包含多个SRS resource ID的域。图5是以指示2个SRS resource用于传输为例的MAC CE的格式示意图。Optionally, if the first SRS resource set includes more SRS resources, for example, in 1T4R, one SRS resource set can contain 4 SRS resources, and there are multiple SRS resources for transmission, then the MAC CE of the example in Figure 4 The format can contain multiple SRS resource ID fields. Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of the format of a MAC CE indicating that two SRS resources are used for transmission as an example.
可选地,如果有多个SRS资源集,MAC CE格式可以进行类似扩展,以2个SRS资源集为例,如图6所示,MAC CE中可以包括:Optionally, if there are multiple SRS resource sets, the MAC CE format can be similarly extended. Taking two SRS resource sets as an example, as shown in Figure 6, the MAC CE can include:
SRS resource set ID 1,对应第一SRS resource set指示信息;SRS resource set ID 1, corresponding to the first SRS resource set indication information;
SRS resource set ID 2,对应第二SRS resource set指示信息;SRS resource set ID 2, corresponding to the second SRS resource set indication information;
SRS Resource ID 1-X,用于指示SRS resource set ID 1指示的SRS resource set中的SRS resource用于传输。SRS Resource ID 1-X, used to indicate that the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 1 is used for transmission.
SRS Resource ID 2-X用于指示SRS resource set ID 2指示的SRS resource set中的SRS resource用于传输。SRS Resource ID 2-X is used to indicate that the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 2 is used for transmission.
应理解,图6中所示例的每个SRS资源集中的用于传输的SRS资源的个数仅为示例,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the number of SRS resources used for transmission in each SRS resource set shown in FIG. 6 is only an example, which is not limited in the present application.
对于前述示例2,MAC CE信令可以包括:For the aforementioned example 2, the MAC CE signaling may include:
SRS resource B的指示信息,指示SRS resource B用于SRS传输。Indication information of SRS resource B, indicating that SRS resource B is used for SRS transmission.
可选地,所述第一信息还可以包括以下至少一个信息:Optionally, the first information may also include at least one of the following information:
小区指示信息,例如可以为小区ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的小区;The cell indication information, for example, may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information;
BWP指示信息,例如,可以为BWP ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的上行BWP;The BWP indication information, for example, may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
第一SRS resource set的指示信息,例如SRS资源集ID。The indication information of the first SRS resource set, such as the SRS resource set ID.
其中,该小区指示信息和BWP指示信息可以对应于前文的第二指示信息。Wherein, the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
对于示例2,网络设备可以采用图4至图6中类似的MAC CE格式指示不用于传输的SRS资源,区别在于,SRS资源ID对应的是SRS资源B的指示信息,即不用于SRS传输的SRS资源的ID。For example 2, the network device can use the similar MAC CE format in Figure 4 to Figure 6 to indicate the SRS resources not used for transmission, the difference is that the SRS resource ID corresponds to the indication information of SRS resource B, that is, the SRS not used for SRS transmission The ID of the resource.
对于前述示例3,MAC CE信令中可以包括以下内容:For the aforementioned example 3, the following contents may be included in the MAC CE signaling:
SRS resource A的指示信息,即指示SRS resource A用于SRS传输;The indication information of SRS resource A, which indicates that SRS resource A is used for SRS transmission;
SRS resource B的指示信息,即指示SRS resource B不用于SRS传输。The indication information of SRS resource B indicates that SRS resource B is not used for SRS transmission.
可选地,MAC CE信令还可以包括以下至少一个信息:Optionally, the MAC CE signaling may also include at least one of the following information:
小区指示信息,例如可以为小区ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的小区;The cell indication information, for example, may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information;
BWP指示信息,例如,可以为BWP ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的上行BWP;The BWP indication information, for example, may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
第一SRS resource set的指示信息,例如SRS资源集ID。The indication information of the first SRS resource set, such as the SRS resource set ID.
其中,该小区指示信息和BWP指示信息可以对应于前文的第二指示信息。Wherein, the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
在该示例3中,网络设备可以通过位图方式指示一个SRS资源集中的用于SRS传输以及不用于SRS传输的SRS资源。In Example 3, the network device may indicate the SRS resources used for SRS transmission and those not used for SRS transmission in an SRS resource set in a bitmap manner.
图7是根据通过位图指示用于SRS传输以及不用于SRS传输的SRS资源的MAC CE的格式示意图。其中,小区ID对应前文的小区指示信息;Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of the format of MAC CE indicating SRS resources used for SRS transmission and not used for SRS transmission through a bitmap. Wherein, the cell ID corresponds to the above cell indication information;
BWP ID对应前文的BWP指示信息;The BWP ID corresponds to the BWP indication information above;
SRS资源集ID对应第一SRS资源集的指示信息,可选地,SRS资源集ID指示的SRS资源集的usage设置为'antennaSwitching';The SRS resource set ID corresponds to the indication information of the first SRS resource set, optionally, the usage of the SRS resource set indicated by the SRS resource set ID is set to 'antennaSwitching';
C1~C8分别对应前文的第一位图。通过位图方式指示一个SRS资源集中的SRS资源是否用于传输;C1-C8 respectively correspond to the first bitmap above. Indicates whether the SRS resources in an SRS resource set are used for transmission by means of a bitmap;
R表示保留比特,可选的,该R也可以用于指示其他信息。R represents a reserved bit, and optionally, this R may also be used to indicate other information.
可选地,Ci对应第一SRS resource set中的第i个SRS resource。又例如,Ci对应第一SRS resource set中的第8-i个SRS resource。Optionally, Ci corresponds to the i-th SRS resource in the first SRS resource set. For another example, Ci corresponds to the 8-ith SRS resource in the first SRS resource set.
可选地,Ci与SRS resource ID的大小相关。例如,按照第一SRS resource set中的SRS resource对应的ID从大到小的顺序依次与C1~C8对应。又例如,按照第一SRS resource set中的SRS resource对应的ID从小到大的顺序依次与C1~C8对应。Optionally, Ci is related to the size of the SRS resource ID. For example, the IDs corresponding to the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set correspond to C1-C8 in descending order. For another example, IDs corresponding to SRS resources in the first SRS resource set correspond to C1-C8 in ascending order.
可选地,C1对应第一SRS resource set中的ID最小的SRS resource,C8对应第一SRS resource set中的ID最大的SRS resource。Optionally, C1 corresponds to the SRS resource with the smallest ID in the first SRS resource set, and C8 corresponds to the SRS resource with the largest ID in the first SRS resource set.
可选地,C1对应第一SRS resource set中的ID最大的SRS resource,C8对应第一SRS resource set中的ID最小的SRS resource。Optionally, C1 corresponds to the SRS resource with the largest ID in the first SRS resource set, and C8 corresponds to the SRS resource with the smallest ID in the first SRS resource set.
其中,Ci的取值用于指示对应的SRS资源是否用于传输,例如,取值为1表示对应的SRS资源 用于传输,取值为0表示对应的SRS资源不用于传输,或者,取值为1表示对应的SRS资源不用于传输,取值为1表示对应的SRS资源用于传输。Wherein, the value of Ci is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS resource is used for transmission, for example, a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is used for transmission, and a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is not used for transmission, or the value of A value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is not used for transmission, and a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS resource is used for transmission.
应理解,该C1~C8中实际承载信息的比特数可以根据第一SRS资源集包括的SRS资源的个数确定。例如,若第一SRS资源集包括4个SRS资源,则该C1~C8中的四个比特位(例如,C1~C4,或者C5~C8)承载信息,其他比特位忽略,或者说,不需要解读。It should be understood that the actual number of bits carrying information in C1-C8 may be determined according to the number of SRS resources included in the first SRS resource set. For example, if the first SRS resource set includes 4 SRS resources, the four bits of C1-C8 (for example, C1-C4, or C5-C8) carry information, and the other bits are ignored, or in other words, do not need read.
应理解,图7中的比特位的顺序仅为示例,也可以采用C8~C1的排序,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the sequence of bits in FIG. 7 is only an example, and the sequence of C8-C1 may also be used, which is not limited in the present application.
在一些实施例中,MAC CE中可以包括第一指示域,用于该第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于传输,或者均不用于传输。In some embodiments, the MAC CE may include a first indication field, and all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for transmission, or none are used for transmission.
作为示例,该第一指示域可以通过MAC CE中的一个R域实现,此情况下,该R域可以记为F域,该F域的取值用于指示该第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于传输,或者均不用于传输。As an example, the first indication field can be implemented by an R field in the MAC CE. In this case, the R field can be recorded as an F field, and the value of the F field is used to indicate all SRSs in the first SRS resource set Resources are either used for transfers, or neither are used for transfers.
例如取第一值表示该第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于传输,取第二值表示该第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于传输。For example, taking the first value indicates that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for transmission, and taking the second value indicates that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for transmission.
可选地,F域为1比特,第一值为1,第二值为0。Optionally, the F field is 1 bit, the first value is 1, and the second value is 0.
图8是包括第一指示域(即F域)的MAC CE格式示意图,当一个SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于传输或均不用于传输时,MAC CE中可以不包括图7中的字节3(oct3)。Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the MAC CE format including the first indication domain (i.e. the F domain). When all the SRS resources in an SRS resource set are used for transmission or are not used for transmission, the MAC CE may not include the words in Figure 7. Section 3 (oct3).
在另一些实施例中,该F域取第一值表示该第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于传输,此情况下,MAC CE可以如图8所示,取第二值表示该第一SRS资源集中的存在用于传输的SRS资源,或者存在不用于传输的SRS资源。进一步地,可以通过位图指示哪些SRS资源用于传输,哪些SRS资源不用于传输,此情况下,MAC CE格式可以如图9所示,其中,字节3中的各个比特的含义参考图7中的相关说明。或者,MAC CE格式也可以如前述图4或图5所示。In some other embodiments, the F field takes a first value to indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for transmission. In this case, the MAC CE may take a second value as shown in FIG. 8 to indicate that the first SRS resource In an SRS resource set, there are SRS resources used for transmission, or there are SRS resources not used for transmission. Further, bitmaps can be used to indicate which SRS resources are used for transmission and which SRS resources are not used for transmission. In this case, the MAC CE format can be as shown in Figure 9, wherein, the meaning of each bit in byte 3 refers to Figure 7 related instructions in . Alternatively, the MAC CE format can also be as shown in the foregoing Figure 4 or Figure 5.
应理解,图8和图9中的F域的位置仅为示例,该F域也可以采用MAC CE中的其他R域实现,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the positions of the F domains in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 are only examples, and the F domain can also be implemented by using other R domains in the MAC CE, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,若需要通过位图方式指示多个SRS资源集中的SRS资源是否用于SRS传输时,可以基于图8和图9中的MAC CE格式进行扩展。以2个SRS resource set为例,如图10所示,每个SRS资源集对应一个位图,其中,字节3(Oct3)对应行中的C1~C8用于指示SRS resource set ID 1指示的SRS resource set中的SRS resource是否用于传输,字节5(Oct5)对应行中的C1~C8用于指示SRS resource set ID 2指示的SRS resource set中的SRS resource是否用于传输。如图11所示,在F域取值为第二值时,每个SRS资源集对应一个位图,其中,字节3(Oct3)对应行中的C1~C8用于指示SRS resource set ID 1指示的SRS resource set中的SRS resource是否用于传输,字节5(Oct5)对应行中的C1~C8用于指示SRS resource set ID 2指示的SRS resource set中的SRS resource是否用于传输。Optionally, if it is necessary to indicate whether the SRS resources in the multiple SRS resource sets are used for SRS transmission in a bitmap manner, it can be extended based on the MAC CE format in Figure 8 and Figure 9 . Taking two SRS resource sets as an example, as shown in Figure 10, each SRS resource set corresponds to a bitmap, wherein C1-C8 in the row corresponding to byte 3 (Oct3) is used to indicate the SRS resource set ID 1 indicates Whether the SRS resource in the SRS resource set is used for transmission, C1-C8 in the row corresponding to byte 5 (Oct5) is used to indicate whether the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 2 is used for transmission. As shown in Figure 11, when the value of the F field is the second value, each SRS resource set corresponds to a bitmap, wherein C1-C8 in the row corresponding to byte 3 (Oct3) is used to indicate SRS resource set ID 1 Whether the SRS resource in the indicated SRS resource set is used for transmission, C1-C8 in the row corresponding to byte 5 (Oct5) is used to indicate whether the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 2 is used for transmission.
实施例二:Embodiment two:
在该实施例二中,网络设备可以进行SRS端口粒度的传输状态指示。In the second embodiment, the network device can perform SRS port granularity transmission state indication.
终端设备接收到网络设备通过MAC CE信令发送的第一信息,该第一信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示以下之一:The terminal device receives first information sent by the network device through MAC CE signaling, the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate one of the following:
示例4:第一指示信息指示用于传输的SRS端口A。Example 4: The first indication information indicates the SRS port A used for transmission.
示例5:第一指示信息指示不用于传输的SRS端口B。Example 5: The first indication information indicates the SRS port B not used for transmission.
示例6:第一指示信息指示用于传输的SRS端口A,并且指示不用于传输的SRS端口B。Example 6: The first indication information indicates SRS port A used for transmission, and indicates SRS port B not used for transmission.
则,当终端设备进行SRS传输时,只从SRS端口A传输SRS。Then, when the terminal device transmits the SRS, it only transmits the SRS from the SRS port A.
通过第一指示信息所指示的SRS端口传输状态,终端设备根据第一SRS资源集进行的SRS传输,相当于1T2R的传输。即相当于每次传输单端口的SRS资源。According to the SRS port transmission state indicated by the first indication information, the SRS transmission performed by the terminal device according to the first SRS resource set is equivalent to 1T2R transmission. That is, it is equivalent to the SRS resource of a single port for each transmission.
例如,在终端设备期望从2T4R的天线切换变更为1T2R的天线切换(例如,出于功耗的考虑)时,终端设备可以通过第二信息指示期望的天线切换配置为1T2R,则网络设备可以通过第一信息指示SRS资源中的一个SRS端口不用于SRS传输,即指示SRS端口的传输状态的变化,或者,SRS端口变更后的传输状态,而不需要通过RRC信令重配置SRS资源集参数,有利于降低信令开销。For example, when the terminal device expects to change from 2T4R antenna switching to 1T2R antenna switching (for example, due to power consumption considerations), the terminal device may indicate through the second information that the desired antenna switching configuration is 1T2R, and the network device may pass The first information indicates that an SRS port in the SRS resource is not used for SRS transmission, that is, indicates a change in the transmission state of the SRS port, or the transmission state of the SRS port after the change, without reconfiguring the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, It is beneficial to reduce signaling overhead.
又例如,在终端设备期望从2T4R的天线切换变更为1T2R的天线切换(例如,出于功耗的考虑)时,终端设备可以通过第三信息指示建议不用于传输的SRS端口为SRS资源B,或者建议用于传输的SRS端口为SRS端口A,或者,建议两个SRS端口中仅一个SRS端口用于传输,则网络设备可以通过第一信息指示两个SRS端口中的一个SRS端口(例如SRS端口A)用于SRS传输,即指示SRS端口的传输状态的变化,或者,SRS端口变更后的传输状态,而不需要通过RRC信令重配置SRS资源集参数,有利于降低信令开销。For another example, when the terminal device expects to change from 2T4R antenna switching to 1T2R antenna switching (for example, due to power consumption considerations), the terminal device may use the third information to indicate that the SRS port that is not recommended for transmission is SRS resource B, Or the SRS port suggested for transmission is SRS port A, or, it is suggested that only one of the two SRS ports is used for transmission, then the network device can indicate one of the two SRS ports through the first information (such as SRS Port A) is used for SRS transmission, that is, indicating the change of the transmission state of the SRS port, or the transmission state of the SRS port after the change, without reconfiguring the SRS resource set parameters through RRC signaling, which is conducive to reducing signaling overhead.
可选地,终端设备还可以接收网络设备通过RRC信令配置的第一服务小区列表,该第一服务小区列表用于指示服务小区1和服务小区3。如果第一信息还包括第二指示信息,用于指示服务小区1, 则该第一指示信息适用于服务小区1对应的服务小区列表中的所有服务小区,即服务小区1和服务小区3。Optionally, the terminal device may also receive a first serving cell list configured by the network device through RRC signaling, where the first serving cell list is used to indicate serving cell 1 and serving cell 3 . If the first information further includes second indication information for indicating serving cell 1, the first indication information is applicable to all serving cells in the serving cell list corresponding to serving cell 1, that is, serving cell 1 and serving cell 3.
在一些实施例中,假设第一SRS resource set的ID为Z。则,第一指示信息可以指示服务小区3中ID为Z的SRS resource set中的SRS resource的SRS端口A用于SRS传输。In some embodiments, it is assumed that the ID of the first SRS resource set is Z. Then, the first indication information may indicate that the SRS port A of the SRS resource in the SRS resource set with the ID of Z in the serving cell 3 is used for SRS transmission.
对于前述示例4,MAC CE信令可以包括:For the aforementioned example 4, the MAC CE signaling may include:
SRS端口A的指示信息,指示SRS端口A用于SRS传输。Indication information of SRS port A, indicating that SRS port A is used for SRS transmission.
可选地,所述第一信息还可以包括以下至少一个信息:Optionally, the first information may also include at least one of the following information:
小区指示信息,例如可以为小区ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的小区;The cell indication information, for example, may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information;
BWP指示信息,例如,可以为BWP ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的上行BWP;The BWP indication information, for example, may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
SRS端口对应的SRS资源的指示信息,例如SRS资源ID;Indication information of the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS port, such as the SRS resource ID;
第一SRS resource set的指示信息,例如SRS资源集ID。The indication information of the first SRS resource set, such as the SRS resource set ID.
其中,该小区指示信息和BWP指示信息可以对应于前文的第二指示信息。Wherein, the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
图12是根据示例4的MAC CE的格式示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the format of a MAC CE according to Example 4.
其中,图12中的小区ID对应前文的小区指示信息,BWP ID对应前文的BWP指示信息,SRS资源集ID对应第一SRS资源集的指示信息,SRS端口指示对应SRS端口A的指示信息,R表示保留比特,可选的,该R也可以用于指示其他信息。Among them, the cell ID in Figure 12 corresponds to the previous cell indication information, the BWP ID corresponds to the previous BWP indication information, the SRS resource set ID corresponds to the indication information of the first SRS resource set, the SRS port indication corresponds to the indication information of the SRS port A, R Indicates a reserved bit. Optionally, this R can also be used to indicate other information.
可选的,SRS资源集ID指示的SRS资源集的usage设置为'antennaSwitching';Optionally, the usage of the SRS resource set indicated by the SRS resource set ID is set to 'antennaSwitching';
可选地,如果有多个SRS资源集,图12中的MAC CE格式可以进行类似扩展,以2个SRS资源集为例,如图13所示,MAC CE中可以包括:Optionally, if there are multiple SRS resource sets, the MAC CE format in Figure 12 can be similarly extended, taking two SRS resource sets as an example, as shown in Figure 13, the MAC CE can include:
SRS resource set ID 1,对应第一SRS resource set指示信息;SRS resource set ID 1, corresponding to the first SRS resource set indication information;
SRS resource set ID 2,对应第二SRS resource set指示信息;SRS resource set ID 2, corresponding to the second SRS resource set indication information;
SRS端口指示1,用于指示SRS resource set ID 1指示的SRS resource set中的SRS资源的用于传输的SRS端口。The SRS port indication 1 is used to indicate the SRS port used for transmission of the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by the SRS resource set ID 1.
SRS端口指示2,用于指示SRS resource set ID 2指示的SRS resource set中的SRS资源的用于传输的SRS端口。The SRS port indication 2 is used to indicate the SRS port used for transmission of the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by the SRS resource set ID 2.
对于前述示例5,所述第一信息可以包括:For the foregoing example 5, the first information may include:
SRS端口B的指示信息,指示SRS端口B用于SRS传输。Indication information of SRS port B, indicating that SRS port B is used for SRS transmission.
可选地,所述第一信息还可以包括以下至少一个信息:Optionally, the first information may also include at least one of the following information:
小区指示信息,例如可以为小区ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的小区;The cell indication information, for example, may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information;
BWP指示信息,例如,可以为BWP ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的上行BWP;The BWP indication information, for example, may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
SRS端口B对应的SRS资源的指示信息,例如SRS资源ID;Indication information of the SRS resource corresponding to the SRS port B, such as the SRS resource ID;
第一SRS resource set的指示信息,例如SRS资源集ID。The indication information of the first SRS resource set, such as the SRS resource set ID.
其中,该小区指示信息和BWP指示信息可以对应于前文的第二指示信息。Wherein, the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
对于示例5,可以采用图12至图13中类似的MAC CE格式指示不用于传输的SRS端口,区别在于,SRS端口指示对应的是不用于SRS传输的SRS端口。For Example 5, the MAC CE format similar to that shown in Figure 12 to Figure 13 can be used to indicate the SRS port not used for transmission, the difference is that the SRS port indication corresponds to the SRS port not used for SRS transmission.
对于前述示例6,MAC CE信令中包含以下内容:For the preceding example 6, the MAC CE signaling contains the following content:
SRS端口A的指示信息,即指示SRS端口A用于SRS传输;Indication information of SRS port A, that is, indicating that SRS port A is used for SRS transmission;
SRS端口B的指示信息,即指示SRS端口B不用于SRS传输。The indication information of the SRS port B indicates that the SRS port B is not used for SRS transmission.
可选地,MAC CE信令还可以包括以下至少一个信息:Optionally, the MAC CE signaling may also include at least one of the following information:
小区指示信息,例如可以为小区ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的小区;The cell indication information, for example, may be a cell ID, which is used to indicate the cell corresponding to the first indication information;
BWP指示信息,例如,可以为BWP ID,用于指示该第一指示信息对应的上行BWP;The BWP indication information, for example, may be a BWP ID, which is used to indicate the uplink BWP corresponding to the first indication information;
SRS端口A和SRS端口B对应的SRS资源的指示信息,例如SRS资源ID;SRS resource indication information corresponding to SRS port A and SRS port B, such as SRS resource ID;
第一SRS resource set的指示信息,例如SRS资源集ID。The indication information of the first SRS resource set, such as the SRS resource set ID.
其中,该小区指示信息和BWP指示信息可以对应于前文的第二指示信息。Wherein, the cell indication information and the BWP indication information may correspond to the foregoing second indication information.
在该示例6中,网络设备可以通过位图方式指示SRS资源中的用于SRS传输以及不用于SRS传输的SRS端口。In Example 6, the network device may indicate the SRS ports used for SRS transmission and those not used for SRS transmission in the SRS resource in a bitmap manner.
在一些实现方式中,该示例6可以采用图14中的MAC CE的格式指示。此情况下,图14中的各个字段的含义如下:In some implementations, Example 6 may use the MAC CE format indication in FIG. 14 . In this case, the meanings of the fields in Figure 14 are as follows:
小区ID对应前文的小区指示信息;The cell ID corresponds to the cell indication information above;
BWP ID对应前文的BWP指示信息;The BWP ID corresponds to the BWP indication information above;
SRS资源集ID对应第一SRS资源集的指示信息;The SRS resource set ID corresponds to the indication information of the first SRS resource set;
P1~P8分别对应前文的第二位图,通过位图方式指示一个SRS资源包括的所有SRS端口是否用 于传输;P1~P8 respectively correspond to the second bitmap above, and indicate whether all SRS ports included in an SRS resource are used for transmission through the bitmap mode;
R表示保留比特,可选的,该R也可以用于指示其他信息。R represents a reserved bit, and optionally, this R may also be used to indicate other information.
例如,Pi对应SRS resource中的第i个SRS端口。例如,Pi对应SRS resource中的第8-i个SRS端口。For example, Pi corresponds to the i-th SRS port in the SRS resource. For example, Pi corresponds to the 8-ith SRS port in the SRS resource.
其中,Pi的取值用于指示对应的SRS端口是否用于传输,例如取值为1表示对应的SRS端口用于传输,取值为0表示对应的SRS端口不用于传输,或者,取值为1表示对应的SRS端口不用于传输,取值为1表示对应的SRS端口用于传输。Among them, the value of Pi is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS port is used for transmission, for example, a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is used for transmission, a value of 0 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is not used for transmission, or a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is not used for transmission, and a value of 1 indicates that the corresponding SRS port is used for transmission.
应理解,该P1~P8中实际承载信息的比特数可以根据SRS资源包括的SRS端口的个数确定。例如,若SRS资源包括4个SRS端口,则该P1~P8中的四个比特位(例如,P1~P4,或者P5~P8)承载信息,其他比特位忽略,或者说,不需要解读。It should be understood that the number of bits actually carrying information in P1-P8 may be determined according to the number of SRS ports included in the SRS resource. For example, if the SRS resource includes 4 SRS ports, four bits of P1-P8 (for example, P1-P4, or P5-P8) carry information, and other bits are ignored, or do not need to be interpreted.
应理解,图14中的比特位的顺序仅为示例,也可以采用P8~P1的排序,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the sequence of bits in FIG. 14 is only an example, and the sequence of P8-P1 may also be used, which is not limited in the present application.
在一些实施例中,MAC CE信令中可以包括第二指示域,用于指示SRS资源包括的所有SRS端口均用于传输,或者均不用于传输。In some embodiments, the MAC CE signaling may include a second indication field, which is used to indicate that all SRS ports included in the SRS resource are used for transmission, or none of them are used for transmission.
例如,该第二指示域可以为MAC CE中的一个R域,此情况下,该R域也可以记为F域,该F域的取值用于指示该SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于传输,或者均不用于传输。For example, the second indication field may be an R field in the MAC CE. In this case, the R field may also be recorded as an F field, and the value of the F field is used to indicate that all SRS ports of the SRS resource are used for transmission, or neither is used for transmission.
例如取第一值表示该SRS资源包括的所有SRS端口均用于传输,取第二值表示该SRS资源的所有SRS端口均不用于传输。可选地,F域为1比特,第一值为1,第二值为0。For example, taking the first value indicates that all SRS ports included in the SRS resource are used for transmission, and taking the second value indicates that all SRS ports included in the SRS resource are not used for transmission. Optionally, the F field is 1 bit, the first value is 1, and the second value is 0.
包括第二指示域(即F域)的MAC CE也可以采用图8中的格式。The MAC CE including the second indication field (ie, the F field) may also adopt the format in FIG. 8 .
在另一些实施例中,该F域取第一值表示SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于传输,此情况下,MAC CE可以如图15所示,该F域取第二值表示SRS资源包括用于传输的SRS端口,或者,存在不用于传输的SRS端口,此情况下,MAC CE格式可以如图16所示。In some other embodiments, the F field takes the first value to indicate that all SRS ports of the SRS resource are used for transmission. In this case, the MAC CE can be as shown in FIG. The SRS port used for transmission, or there is an SRS port not used for transmission. In this case, the MAC CE format can be as shown in Figure 16.
应理解,图15和图16中的F域的位置仅为示例,该F域也可以采用MAC CE中的其他R域实现,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the positions of the F domains in FIG. 15 and FIG. 16 are only examples, and the F domain can also be implemented by using other R domains in the MAC CE, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,若需要通过位图方式指示多个SRS资源集中的SRS端口是否用于SRS传输时,可以基于图15和图16中的MAC CE格式进行扩展。以2个SRS resource set为例,如图17所示,每个SRS资源集对应一个位图,其中,字节3(Oct3)对应行中的P1~P8用于指示SRS resource set ID 1指示的SRS resource set中的SRS资源包括的SRS端口是否用于传输,字节5(Oct5)对应行中的P1~P8用于指示SRS resource set ID 2指示的SRS resource set中的SRS resource的SRS端口是否用于传输。如图18所示,在F域取值为第二值时,每个SRS资源集对应一个位图,其中,字节3(Oct3)对应行中的P1~P8用于指示SRS resource set ID 1指示的SRS resource set中的SRS resource的SRS端口是否用于传输,字节5(Oct5)对应行中的P1~P8用于指示SRS resource set ID 2指示的SRS resource set中的SRS resource的SRS端口是否用于传输。Optionally, if it is necessary to indicate whether the SRS ports in multiple SRS resource sets are used for SRS transmission in a bitmap manner, it can be extended based on the MAC CE format in Figure 15 and Figure 16 . Taking two SRS resource sets as an example, as shown in Figure 17, each SRS resource set corresponds to a bitmap, wherein P1-P8 in the row corresponding to byte 3 (Oct3) is used to indicate the SRS resource set ID 1 indicates Whether the SRS port included in the SRS resource in the SRS resource set is used for transmission, P1~P8 in the row corresponding to byte 5 (Oct5) is used to indicate whether the SRS port of the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 2 is for transmission. As shown in Figure 18, when the value of the F field is the second value, each SRS resource set corresponds to a bitmap, wherein P1-P8 in the row corresponding to byte 3 (Oct3) is used to indicate SRS resource set ID 1 Whether the SRS port of the SRS resource in the indicated SRS resource set is used for transmission, P1~P8 in the row corresponding to byte 5 (Oct5) is used to indicate the SRS port of the SRS resource in the SRS resource set indicated by SRS resource set ID 2 Whether to use for transmission.
应理解,上述实施例一和实施例二可以单独实施,或者也可以结合实施,例如,前述示例1至示例3可以和示例4至示例6中的任一示例结合。It should be understood that Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 above may be implemented independently, or may also be implemented in combination, for example, the foregoing Examples 1 to 3 may be combined with any of Examples 4 to 6.
在结合实施时,MAC CE格式可以承载上述两个实施例中的信息,例如,SRS资源的指示信息以及SRS端口指示,此情况下,MAC CE格式可以根据需要承载的信息内容灵活调整,例如,承载SRS资源指示信息和SRS端口指示信息的MAC CE格式可以如图19所示,应理解,图19中的字节3的内容可以替换为图7中的字节3,图19中的字节4的内容可以替换为图14中的字节3。When combined with implementation, the MAC CE format can carry the information in the above two embodiments, for example, the indication information of the SRS resource and the SRS port indication. In this case, the MAC CE format can be flexibly adjusted according to the information content that needs to be carried, for example, The format of the MAC CE carrying the SRS resource indication information and the SRS port indication information can be shown in Figure 19. It should be understood that the content of byte 3 in Figure 19 can be replaced by byte 3 in Figure 7, byte 3 in Figure 19 The content of 4 can be replaced by byte 3 in Figure 14.
综上所述,网络设备可以通过第一信息指示SRS资源集参数的传输状态来动态指示发生变更的SRS资源集参数,例如,天线切换机制变更导致的需要变更的SRS资源集参数,而不需要通过RRC重配置SRS资源集参数,能够实现SRS资源的动态指示,有利于降低天线切换机制变更的延时,实现SRS资源集参数的快速调整,同时有利于降低信令开销。To sum up, the network device can dynamically indicate the changed SRS resource set parameters through the first information indicating the transmission status of the SRS resource set parameters, for example, the SRS resource set parameters that need to be changed due to the change of the antenna switching mechanism, without By reconfiguring SRS resource set parameters through RRC, dynamic indication of SRS resources can be realized, which helps reduce the delay of antenna switching mechanism change, realizes rapid adjustment of SRS resource set parameters, and helps reduce signaling overhead.
上文结合图3至图19,详细描述了本申请的方法实施例,下文结合图20至图24,详细描述本申请的装置实施例,应理解,装置实施例与方法实施例相互对应,类似的描述可以参照方法实施例。The method embodiment of the present application is described in detail above in conjunction with FIG. 3 to FIG. 19 , and the device embodiment of the present application is described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 20 to FIG. 24 . It should be understood that the device embodiment and the method embodiment correspond to each other, similar to The description can refer to the method embodiment.
图20示出了根据本申请实施例的终端设备400的示意性框图。如图20所示,该终端设备400包括:Fig. 20 shows a schematic block diagram of a terminal device 400 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 20, the terminal device 400 includes:
通信单元410,用于接收网络设备发送的第一信息,其中,所述第一信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:The communication unit 410 is configured to receive first information sent by the network device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
第一探测参考信号SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输;或At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第二SRS资源不用于SRS传输;或at least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于SRS传输;或at least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第二SRS端口不用于SRS传输。At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一信息通过以下至少之一承载:In some embodiments of the present application, the first information is carried by at least one of the following:
媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE,下行控制信息DCI。Media access control control element MAC CE, downlink control information DCI.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述通信单元410还用于:In some embodiments of the present application, the communication unit 410 is also used to:
接收所述网络设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置至少一个SRS资源集,其中,所述至少一个SRS资源集包括所述第一SRS资源集。Receive first configuration information sent by the network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one SRS resource set, where the at least one SRS resource set includes the first SRS resource set.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为非周期的;或者,In some embodiments of the present application, the resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is aperiodic; or,
所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为以下中的一种:半持续的,周期的;或者The resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: semi-persistent, periodic; or
所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为以下中的一种:非周期的,半持续的,周期的。The resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: aperiodic, semi-persistent, and periodic.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括第一指示域,所述第一指示域用于指示所述第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于SRS传输,或者,所述第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于SRS传输。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes a first indication field, and the first indication field is used to indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or, the All SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括:In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes:
所述至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息,和/或,Indication information of the at least one first SRS resource, and/or,
所述至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息。Indication information of the at least one second SRS resource.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第一SRS资源的标识ID;In some embodiments of the present application, the indication information of the at least one first SRS resource includes: an ID of the at least one first SRS resource;
所述至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第二SRS资源的ID。The indication information of the at least one second SRS resource includes: an ID of the at least one second SRS resource.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息通过位图方式指示所述至少一个第一SRS资源和/或所述至少一个第二SRS资源。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS resource and/or the at least one second SRS resource in a bitmap manner.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括第一位图,所述第一位图包括多个比特,每个比特对应所述第一SRS资源集中的一个SRS资源,每个比特的取值用于指示对应的SRS资源是否用于SRS传输。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes a first bitmap, and the first bitmap includes a plurality of bits, each bit corresponds to an SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, and each bit The value of is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括以下至少一项:In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
所述至少一个第三SRS资源中的所述至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息;Indication information of the at least one first SRS port in the at least one third SRS resource;
所述至少一个第三SRS资源中的所述至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息。Indication information of the at least one second SRS port in the at least one third SRS resource.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第一SRS端口的端口号;In some embodiments of the present application, the indication information of the at least one first SRS port includes: the port number of the at least one first SRS port;
所述至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第二SRS端口的端口号。The indication information of the at least one second SRS port includes: a port number of the at least one second SRS port.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息通过位图方式指示所述至少一个第一SRS端口和/或所述至少一个第二SRS端口。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS port and/or the at least one second SRS port in a bitmap manner.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括第二位图,所述第二位图包括多个比特,每个比特对应所述第三SRS资源的一个SRS端口,每个比特的取值用于指示所述第三SRS资源的对应SRS端口是否用于SRS传输。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes a second bitmap, and the second bitmap includes a plurality of bits, each bit corresponds to an SRS port of the third SRS resource, and each bit The value is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS port of the third SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括第二指示域,所述第二指示域用于指示所述第一SRS资源集中的第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均不用于SRS传输,或者,所述第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于SRS传输。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes a second indication field, and the second indication field is used to indicate that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission , or, all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息还包括:In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information further includes:
所述至少一个第三SRS资源的指示信息。Indication information of the at least one third SRS resource.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息还包括所述第一SRS资源集的指示信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information further includes indication information of the first SRS resource set.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一信息还包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一指示信息所对应的服务小区和/或所述第一指示信息所对应的带宽部分BWP。In some embodiments of the present application, the first information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the serving cell corresponding to the first indication information and/or the serving cell corresponding to the first indication information. Corresponding bandwidth part BWP.
在本申请一些实施例中,若所述第二指示信息指示的服务小区属于第一服务小区列表,则所述第一指示信息对应所述第一服务小区列表中的所有服务小区,其中,所述第一服务小区列表用于指示至少一个服务小区。In some embodiments of the present application, if the serving cell indicated by the second indication information belongs to the first serving cell list, the first indication information corresponds to all serving cells in the first serving cell list, wherein the The first serving cell list is used to indicate at least one serving cell.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息对应同一频段中的所有载波。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information corresponds to all carriers in the same frequency band.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述通信单元410还用于:In some embodiments of the present application, the communication unit 410 is also used to:
向所述网络设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:建议的天线切换配置,建议的接收天线数目,建议的发送天线数目。Sending second information to the network device, where the second information includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: recommended antenna switching configuration, recommended number of receiving antennas, recommended number of transmit antennas.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第二信息通过以下至少之一承载:In some embodiments of the present application, the second information is carried by at least one of the following:
MAC CE,UCI,物理上行控制信道PUCCH。MAC CE, UCI, physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第二信息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第三指示信息所对应的服务小区/或所述第三指示信息所对应的BWP。In some embodiments of the present application, the second information further includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell corresponding to the third indication information/or the serving cell corresponding to the third indication information The BWP.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述通信单元410还用于:In some embodiments of the present application, the communication unit 410 is also used to:
向所述网络设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:Send third information to the network device, where the third information includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS资源集;A set of SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS资源;SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS端口;SRS ports not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源集;An SRS resource set for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源;SRS resources for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS端口。The SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第三信息通过以下至少之一承载:In some embodiments of the present application, the third information is carried by at least one of the following:
MAC CE,UCI,物理上行控制信道PUCCH。MAC CE, UCI, physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第三信息还包括第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第五指示信息所对应的服务小区和/或所述第六指示信息所对应的BWP。In some embodiments of the present application, the third information further includes sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell corresponding to the fifth indication information and/or the sixth indication information. Corresponding BWP.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述通信单元410还用于:In some embodiments of the present application, the communication unit 410 is also used to:
向所述网络设备上报第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息表示所述终端设备支持根据所述第一信息、天线切换动态指示和SRS资源动态指示中的至少一项进行SRS传输。Reporting first capability information to the network device, where the first capability information indicates that the terminal device supports SRS transmission according to at least one of the first information, antenna switching dynamic indication, and SRS resource dynamic indication.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一能力信息通过无线资源控制RRC信令和/或MAC CE发送。In some embodiments of the present application, the first capability information is sent through radio resource control RRC signaling and/or MAC CE.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一能力信息还用于指示目标频段和/或目标载波,所述目标频段上的服务小区和/或所述目标载波上的服务小区可配置在同一服务小区列表中。In some embodiments of the present application, the first capability information is also used to indicate the target frequency band and/or the target carrier, and the serving cell on the target frequency band and/or the serving cell on the target carrier can be configured in the same service in the district list.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一能力信息的配置粒度包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the present application, the configuration granularity of the first capability information includes at least one of the following:
频段,频段组合,频段组合中的每个频段,频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波,频段范围,用户设备。frequency band, frequency band combination, each frequency band in the frequency band combination, each carrier on each frequency band in the frequency band combination, frequency band range, user equipment.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述通信单元410还用于:In some embodiments of the present application, the communication unit 410 is also used to:
在所述第一SRS资源集中的所述至少一个SRS资源上进行SRS传输;和/或perform SRS transmission on the at least one SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources; and/or
在所述第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口上进行SRS传输。performing SRS transmission on at least one first SRS port of the third SRS resource.
可选地,在一些实施例中,上述通信单元可以是通信接口或收发器,或者是通信芯片或者片上系统的输入输出接口。上述处理单元可以是一个或多个处理器。Optionally, in some embodiments, the above-mentioned communication unit may be a communication interface or a transceiver, or an input-output interface of a communication chip or a system-on-chip. The aforementioned processing unit may be one or more processors.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的终端设备400可对应于本申请方法实施例中的终端设备,并且终端设备400中的各个单元的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3至图19所示方法200中终端设备的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the terminal device 400 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the terminal device in the method embodiment of the present application, and the above-mentioned and other operations and/or functions of each unit in the terminal device 400 are to realize the For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process of the terminal device in the shown method 200 will not be repeated here.
图21是根据本申请实施例的网络设备的示意性框图。图5的网络设备500包括:Fig. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device 500 of FIG. 5 includes:
通信单元510,用于向终端设备发送第一信息,其中,所述第一信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:A communication unit 510, configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
第一探测参考信号SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输;或At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第二SRS资源不用于SRS传输;或at least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于SRS传输;或at least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission; or
所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第二SRS端口不用于SRS传输。At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一信息通过以下至少之一承载:In some embodiments of the present application, the first information is carried by at least one of the following:
媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE,下行控制信息DCI。Media access control control element MAC CE, downlink control information DCI.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述通信单元510还用于:In some embodiments of the present application, the communication unit 510 is also used to:
向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置至少一个SRS资源集,其中,所述至少一个SRS资源集包括所述第一SRS资源集。Sending first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one SRS resource set, where the at least one SRS resource set includes the first SRS resource set.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为非周期的;或者,In some embodiments of the present application, the resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is aperiodic; or,
所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为以下中的一种:半持续的,周期的;或者The resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: semi-persistent, periodic; or
所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为以下中的一种:非周期的,半持续的,周期的。The resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: aperiodic, semi-persistent, and periodic.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括第一指示域,所述第一指示域用于指示所述第一 SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于SRS传输,或者,所述第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于SRS传输。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes a first indication field, and the first indication field is used to indicate that all SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission, or, the All SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括:In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes:
所述至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息,和/或,Indication information of the at least one first SRS resource, and/or,
所述至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息。Indication information of the at least one second SRS resource.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第一SRS资源的标识ID;In some embodiments of the present application, the indication information of the at least one first SRS resource includes: an ID of the at least one first SRS resource;
所述至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第二SRS资源的ID。The indication information of the at least one second SRS resource includes: an ID of the at least one second SRS resource.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息通过位图方式指示所述至少一个第一SRS资源和/或所述至少一个第二SRS资源。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS resource and/or the at least one second SRS resource in a bitmap manner.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括第一位图,所述第一位图包括多个比特,每个比特对应所述第一SRS资源集中的一个SRS资源,每个比特的取值用于指示对应的SRS资源是否用于SRS传输。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes a first bitmap, and the first bitmap includes a plurality of bits, each bit corresponds to an SRS resource in the first SRS resource set, and each bit The value of is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括以下至少一项:In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
所述至少一个第三SRS资源中的所述至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息;Indication information of the at least one first SRS port in the at least one third SRS resource;
所述至少一个第三SRS资源中的所述至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息。Indication information of the at least one second SRS port in the at least one third SRS resource.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第一SRS端口的端口号;In some embodiments of the present application, the indication information of the at least one first SRS port includes: the port number of the at least one first SRS port;
所述至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第二SRS端口的端口号。The indication information of the at least one second SRS port includes: a port number of the at least one second SRS port.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息通过位图方式指示所述至少一个第一SRS端口和/或所述至少一个第二SRS端口。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS port and/or the at least one second SRS port in a bitmap manner.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括第二位图,所述第二位图包括多个比特,每个比特对应所述第三SRS资源的一个SRS端口,每个比特的取值用于指示所述第三SRS资源的对应SRS端口是否用于SRS传输。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes a second bitmap, and the second bitmap includes a plurality of bits, each bit corresponds to an SRS port of the third SRS resource, and each bit The value is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS port of the third SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息还包括:所述至少一个第三SRS资源的指示信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information further includes: indication information of the at least one third SRS resource.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括第二指示域,所述第二指示域用于指示所述第一SRS资源集中的第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均不用于SRS传输,或者,所述第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于SRS传输。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information includes a second indication field, and the second indication field is used to indicate that all SRS ports of the third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set are not used for SRS transmission , or, all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息还包括所述第一SRS资源集的指示信息。17、根据权利要求1-16中任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一指示信息所对应的服务小区和/或所述第一指示信息所对应的带宽部分BWP。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information further includes indication information of the first SRS resource set. 17. The network device according to any one of claims 1-16, wherein the first information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the The corresponding serving cell and/or the bandwidth part BWP corresponding to the first indication information.
在本申请一些实施例中,若所述第二指示信息指示的服务小区属于第一服务小区列表,则所述第一指示信息对应所述第一服务小区列表中的所有服务小区,其中,所述第一服务小区列表用于指示至少一个服务小区。In some embodiments of the present application, if the serving cell indicated by the second indication information belongs to the first serving cell list, the first indication information corresponds to all serving cells in the first serving cell list, wherein the The first serving cell list is used to indicate at least one serving cell.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息对应同一频段中的所有载波。In some embodiments of the present application, the first indication information corresponds to all carriers in the same frequency band.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述通信单元410还用于:In some embodiments of the present application, the communication unit 410 is also used to:
接收所述终端设备发送的第二信息,所述第二信息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:建议的天线切换配置,建议的接收天线数目,建议的发送天线数目。receiving second information sent by the terminal device, where the second information includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a suggested antenna switching configuration, a suggested number of receiving antennas, Recommended number of transmit antennas.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第二信息通过以下至少之一承载:In some embodiments of the present application, the second information is carried by at least one of the following:
MAC CE,UCI,物理上行控制信道PUCCH。MAC CE, UCI, physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第二信息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第三指示信息所对应的服务小区/或所述第三指示信息所对应的BWP。In some embodiments of the present application, the second information further includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell corresponding to the third indication information/or the serving cell corresponding to the third indication information The BWP.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述通信单元还用于:In some embodiments of the present application, the communication unit is also used for:
接收所述终端设备发送的第三信息,所述第三信息包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:receiving third information sent by the terminal device, where the third information includes fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS资源集;A set of SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS资源;SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS端口;SRS ports not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源集;An SRS resource set for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源;SRS resources for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS端口。The SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第三信息通过以下至少之一承载:In some embodiments of the present application, the third information is carried by at least one of the following:
MAC CE,UCI,物理上行控制信道PUCCH。MAC CE, UCI, physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第三信息还包括第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第五指示信息所对应的服务小区和/或所述第六指示信息所对应的BWP。In some embodiments of the present application, the third information further includes sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell corresponding to the fifth indication information and/or the sixth indication information. Corresponding BWP.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述通信单元510还用于:In some embodiments of the present application, the communication unit 510 is also used to:
接收所述终端设备上报的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息表示所述终端设备支持根据所述第一信息、天线切换动态指示和SRS资源动态指示中的至少一项进行SRS传输。receiving first capability information reported by the terminal device, where the first capability information indicates that the terminal device supports SRS transmission according to at least one of the first information, an antenna switching dynamic indication, and an SRS resource dynamic indication.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一能力信息通过无线资源控制RRC信令和/或MAC CE发送。In some embodiments of the present application, the first capability information is sent through radio resource control RRC signaling and/or MAC CE.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一能力信息还用于指示目标频段和/或目标载波,所述目标频段上的服务小区和/或所述目标载波上的服务小区可配置在同一服务小区列表中。In some embodiments of the present application, the first capability information is also used to indicate the target frequency band and/or the target carrier, and the serving cell on the target frequency band and/or the serving cell on the target carrier can be configured in the same service in the district list.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述第一能力信息的配置粒度包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments of the present application, the configuration granularity of the first capability information includes at least one of the following:
频段,频段组合,频段组合中的每个频段,频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波,频段范围,用户设备。frequency band, frequency band combination, each frequency band in the frequency band combination, each carrier on each frequency band in the frequency band combination, frequency band range, user equipment.
在本申请一些实施例中,所述通信单元510还用于:In some embodiments of the present application, the communication unit 510 is also used to:
在所述第一SRS资源集中的所述至少一个SRS资源上接收SRS;和/或receiving an SRS on said at least one SRS resource in said first set of SRS resources; and/or
在所述第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口上接收SRS。An SRS is received on at least one first SRS port of the third SRS resource.
可选地,在一些实施例中,上述通信单元可以是通信接口或收发器,或者是通信芯片或者片上系统的输入输出接口。上述处理单元可以是一个或多个处理器。Optionally, in some embodiments, the above-mentioned communication unit may be a communication interface or a transceiver, or an input-output interface of a communication chip or a system-on-chip. The aforementioned processing unit may be one or more processors.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的网络设备500可对应于本申请方法实施例中的网络设备,并且网络设备500中的各个单元的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3至图19所示方法200中网络设备的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the network device 500 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the network device in the method embodiment of the present application, and the above-mentioned and other operations and/or functions of each unit in the network device 500 are to realize the For the sake of brevity, the corresponding flow of the network device in the shown method 200 is not repeated here.
图22是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备600示意性结构图。图22所示的通信设备600包括处理器610,处理器610可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 shown in FIG. 22 includes a processor 610, and the processor 610 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如图22所示,通信设备600还可以包括存储器620。其中,处理器610可以从存储器620中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 22 , the communication device 600 may further include a memory 620 . Wherein, the processor 610 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 620, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器620可以是独立于处理器610的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器610中。Wherein, the memory 620 may be an independent device independent of the processor 610 , or may be integrated in the processor 610 .
可选地,如图22所示,通信设备600还可以包括收发器630,处理器610可以控制该收发器630与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 22, the communication device 600 may further include a transceiver 630, and the processor 610 may control the transceiver 630 to communicate with other devices, specifically, to send information or data to other devices, or receive other Information or data sent by the device.
其中,收发器630可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器630还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。Wherein, the transceiver 630 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 630 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
可选地,该通信设备600具体可为本申请实施例的网络设备,并且该通信设备600可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 600 may specifically be the network device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here. .
可选地,该通信设备600具体可为本申请实施例的移动终端/终端设备,并且该通信设备600可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 600 may specifically be the mobile terminal/terminal device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application, for the sake of brevity , which will not be repeated here.
图23是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图。图23所示的芯片700包括处理器710,处理器710可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application. The chip 700 shown in FIG. 23 includes a processor 710, and the processor 710 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如图23所示,芯片700还可以包括存储器720。其中,处理器710可以从存储器720中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 23 , the chip 700 may further include a memory 720 . Wherein, the processor 710 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 720, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器720可以是独立于处理器710的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器710中。Wherein, the memory 720 may be an independent device independent of the processor 710 , or may be integrated in the processor 710 .
可选地,该芯片700还可以包括输入接口730。其中,处理器710可以控制该输入接口730与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 700 may also include an input interface 730 . Wherein, the processor 710 can control the input interface 730 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
可选地,该芯片700还可以包括输出接口740。其中,处理器710可以控制该输出接口740与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 700 may also include an output interface 740 . Wherein, the processor 710 can control the output interface 740 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can output information or data to other devices or chips.
可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, here No longer.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
图24是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统900的示意性框图。如图23所示,该通信系统900包括终端设备910和网络设备920。FIG. 24 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 23 , the communication system 900 includes a terminal device 910 and a network device 920 .
其中,该终端设备910可以用于实现上述方法中由终端设备实现的相应的功能,以及该网络设备 920可以用于实现上述方法中由网络设备实现的相应的功能为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the terminal device 910 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the terminal device in the above method, and the network device 920 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the network device in the above method. .
应理解,本申请实施例的处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available Program logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. Various methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or Flash. The volatile memory can be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as Static Random Access Memory (Static RAM, SRAM), Dynamic Random Access Memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM ) and Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
应理解,上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the above-mentioned memory is illustrative but not restrictive. For example, the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is, the memory in the embodiments of the present application is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.
可选的,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application. For brevity, here No longer.
可选地,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application , for the sake of brevity, it is not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
可选的,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product may be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the Let me repeat.
可选地,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application, For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
可选的,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, the computer executes the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity , which will not be repeated here.
可选地,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiment of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, the computer executes each method in the embodiment of the present application to be implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process will not be repeated here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的 具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (72)

  1. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for wireless communication, comprising:
    终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一信息,其中,所述第一信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:The terminal device receives the first information sent by the network device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    第一探测参考信号SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输;或At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第二SRS资源不用于SRS传输;或at least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于SRS传输;或at least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第二SRS端口不用于SRS传输。At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息通过以下至少之一承载:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information is carried by at least one of the following:
    媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE,下行控制信息DCI。Media access control control element MAC CE, downlink control information DCI.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置至少一个SRS资源集,其中,所述至少一个SRS资源集包括所述第一SRS资源集。The terminal device receives first configuration information sent by the network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one SRS resource set, where the at least one SRS resource set includes the first SRS resource set.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为非周期的;或者,The method according to claim 3, wherein the resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is aperiodic; or,
    所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为以下中的一种:半持续的,周期的;或者The resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: semi-persistent, periodic; or
    所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为以下中的一种:非周期的,半持续的,周期的。The resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: aperiodic, semi-persistent, and periodic.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第一指示域,所述第一指示域用于指示所述第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于SRS传输,或者,所述第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于SRS传输。The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the first indication information includes a first indication field, and the first indication field is used to indicate all SRSs in the first SRS resource set None of the resources are used for SRS transmission, or all the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
  6. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the first indication information includes:
    所述至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息,和/或,Indication information of the at least one first SRS resource, and/or,
    所述至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息。Indication information of the at least one second SRS resource.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 6, characterized in that,
    所述至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第一SRS资源的标识ID;The indication information of the at least one first SRS resource includes: the identification ID of the at least one first SRS resource;
    所述至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第二SRS资源的ID。The indication information of the at least one second SRS resource includes: an ID of the at least one second SRS resource.
  8. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息通过位图方式指示所述至少一个第一SRS资源和/或所述至少一个第二SRS资源。The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS resource and/or the at least one second SRS resource in a bitmap manner.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第一位图,所述第一位图包括多个比特,每个比特对应所述第一SRS资源集中的一个SRS资源,每个比特的取值用于指示对应的SRS资源是否用于SRS传输。The method according to claim 8, wherein the first indication information includes a first bitmap, and the first bitmap includes a plurality of bits, and each bit corresponds to an SRS in the first SRS resource set. Resource, the value of each bit is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
    所述至少一个第三SRS资源中的所述至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息;Indication information of the at least one first SRS port in the at least one third SRS resource;
    所述至少一个第三SRS资源中的所述至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息。Indication information of the at least one second SRS port in the at least one third SRS resource.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 10, characterized in that,
    所述至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第一SRS端口的端口号;The indication information of the at least one first SRS port includes: the port number of the at least one first SRS port;
    所述至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第二SRS端口的端口号。The indication information of the at least one second SRS port includes: a port number of the at least one second SRS port.
  12. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息通过位图方式指示所述至少一个第一SRS端口和/或所述至少一个第二SRS端口。The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS port and/or the at least one second SRS port in a bitmap manner.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第二位图,所述第二位图包括多个比特,每个比特对应所述第三SRS资源的一个SRS端口,每个比特的取值用于指示所述第三SRS资源的对应SRS端口是否用于SRS传输。The method according to claim 12, wherein the first indication information includes a second bitmap, the second bitmap includes a plurality of bits, and each bit corresponds to an SRS port of the third SRS resource , the value of each bit is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS port of the third SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
  14. 根据权利要求1-13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第二指示域,所述第二指示域用于指示所述第一SRS资源集中的第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均不用于SRS传输,或者,所述第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于SRS传输。The method according to any one of claims 1-13, wherein the first indication information includes a second indication field, and the second indication field is used to indicate the third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set. All SRS ports of the SRS resource are not used for SRS transmission, or all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
  15. 根据权利要求1-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein the first indication information further includes:
    所述至少一个第三SRS资源的指示信息。Indication information of the at least one third SRS resource.
  16. 根据权利要求1-15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括所述第一SRS资源集的指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the first indication information further includes indication information of the first SRS resource set.
  17. 根据权利要求1-16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第二指示信息, 所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一指示信息所对应的服务小区和/或所述第一指示信息所对应的带宽部分BWP。The method according to any one of claims 1-16, wherein the first information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the service corresponding to the first indication information A cell and/or a bandwidth part BWP corresponding to the first indication information.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第二指示信息指示的服务小区属于第一服务小区列表,则所述第一指示信息对应所述第一服务小区列表中的所有服务小区,其中,所述第一服务小区列表用于指示至少一个服务小区。The method according to claim 17, wherein if the serving cell indicated by the second indication information belongs to the first serving cell list, the first indication information corresponds to all service cells in the first serving cell list cells, wherein the first serving cell list is used to indicate at least one serving cell.
  19. 根据权利要求1-18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息对应同一频段中的所有载波。The method according to any one of claims 1-18, wherein the first indication information corresponds to all carriers in the same frequency band.
  20. 根据权利要求1-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-19, further comprising:
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:建议的天线切换配置,建议的接收天线数目,建议的发送天线数目。The terminal device sends second information to the network device, where the second information includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a suggested antenna switching configuration, a suggested reception Number of antennas, the recommended number of transmit antennas.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息通过以下至少之一承载:The method according to claim 20, wherein the second information is carried by at least one of the following:
    MAC CE,UCI,物理上行控制信道PUCCH。MAC CE, UCI, physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第三指示信息所对应的服务小区/或所述第三指示信息所对应的BWP。The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the second information further includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell/or the serving cell corresponding to the third indication information. The BWP corresponding to the third indication information.
  23. 根据权利要求1-22中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-22, further comprising:
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:The terminal device sends third information to the network device, where the third information includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS资源集;A set of SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS资源;SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS端口;SRS ports not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源集;An SRS resource set for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源;SRS resources for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS端口。The SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信息通过以下至少之一承载:The method according to claim 23, wherein the third information is carried by at least one of the following:
    MAC CE,UCI,物理上行控制信道PUCCH。MAC CE, UCI, physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信息还包括第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第五指示信息所对应的服务小区和/或所述第六指示信息所对应的BWP。The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the third information further includes sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell and/or The BWP corresponding to the sixth indication information.
  26. 根据权利要求1-25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-25, further comprising:
    所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息表示所述终端设备支持根据所述第一信息、天线切换动态指示和SRS资源动态指示中的至少一项进行SRS传输。The terminal device reports first capability information to the network device, and the first capability information indicates that the terminal device supports SRS according to at least one of the first information, antenna switching dynamic indication and SRS resource dynamic indication transmission.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息通过无线资源控制RRC信令和/或MAC CE发送。The method according to claim 26, wherein the first capability information is sent through radio resource control RRC signaling and/or MAC CE.
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息还用于指示目标频段和/或目标载波,所述目标频段上的服务小区和/或所述目标载波上的服务小区可配置在同一服务小区列表中。The method according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the first capability information is further used to indicate the target frequency band and/or the target carrier, the serving cell on the target frequency band and/or the target carrier Serving cells can be configured in the same serving cell list.
  29. 根据权利要求26-28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息的配置粒度包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 26-28, wherein the configuration granularity of the first capability information includes at least one of the following:
    频段,频段组合,频段组合中的每个频段,频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波,频段范围,用户设备。frequency band, frequency band combination, each frequency band in the frequency band combination, each carrier on each frequency band in the frequency band combination, frequency band range, user equipment.
  30. 根据权利要求1-29中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-29, further comprising:
    所述终端设备在所述第一SRS资源集中的所述至少一个SRS资源上进行SRS传输;和/或The terminal device performs SRS transmission on the at least one SRS resource in the first SRS resource set; and/or
    所述终端设备在所述第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口上进行SRS传输。The terminal device performs SRS transmission on at least one first SRS port of the third SRS resource.
  31. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for wireless communication, comprising:
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,其中,所述第一信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:The network device sends first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    第一探测参考信号SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输;或At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第二SRS资源不用于SRS传输;或at least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于SRS传输;或at least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第二SRS端口不用于SRS传输。At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息通过以下至少之一承载:The method according to claim 31, wherein the first information is carried by at least one of the following:
    媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE,下行控制信息DCI。Media access control control element MAC CE, downlink control information DCI.
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 31 or 32, further comprising:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置至少一个SRS资源集,其中,所述至少一个SRS资源集包括所述第一SRS资源集。The network device sends first configuration information to the terminal device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one SRS resource set, where the at least one SRS resource set includes the first SRS resource set.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为非周期的;或者,The method according to claim 33, wherein the resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is aperiodic; or,
    所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为以下中的一种:半持续的,周期的;或者The resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: semi-persistent, periodic; or
    所述第一配置信息中所述第一SRS资源集对应的资源类型为以下中的一种:非周期的,半持续的,周期的。The resource type corresponding to the first SRS resource set in the first configuration information is one of the following: aperiodic, semi-persistent, and periodic.
  35. 根据权利要求31-34中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第一指示域,所述第一指示域用于指示所述第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均不用于SRS传输,或者,所述第一SRS资源集中的所有SRS资源均用于SRS传输。The method according to any one of claims 31-34, wherein the first indication information includes a first indication field, and the first indication field is used to indicate all SRSs in the first SRS resource set None of the resources are used for SRS transmission, or all the SRS resources in the first SRS resource set are used for SRS transmission.
  36. 根据权利要求31-34中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 31-34, wherein the first indication information includes:
    所述至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息,和/或,Indication information of the at least one first SRS resource, and/or,
    所述至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息。Indication information of the at least one second SRS resource.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 36, wherein,
    所述至少一个第一SRS资源的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第一SRS资源的标识ID;The indication information of the at least one first SRS resource includes: the identification ID of the at least one first SRS resource;
    所述至少一个第二SRS资源的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第二SRS资源的ID。The indication information of the at least one second SRS resource includes: an ID of the at least one second SRS resource.
  38. 根据权利要求31-34中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息通过位图方式指示所述至少一个第一SRS资源和/或所述至少一个第二SRS资源。The method according to any one of claims 31-34, wherein the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS resource and/or the at least one second SRS resource in a bitmap manner.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第一位图,所述第一位图包括多个比特,每个比特对应所述第一SRS资源集中的一个SRS资源,每个比特的取值用于指示对应的SRS资源是否用于SRS传输。The method according to claim 38, wherein the first indication information includes a first bitmap, and the first bitmap includes a plurality of bits, and each bit corresponds to an SRS in the first SRS resource set. Resource, the value of each bit is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
  40. 根据权利要求31-39中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 31-39, wherein the first indication information includes at least one of the following:
    所述至少一个第三SRS资源中的所述至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息;Indication information of the at least one first SRS port in the at least one third SRS resource;
    所述至少一个第三SRS资源中的所述至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息。Indication information of the at least one second SRS port in the at least one third SRS resource.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 40, wherein,
    所述至少一个第一SRS端口的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第一SRS端口的端口号;The indication information of the at least one first SRS port includes: the port number of the at least one first SRS port;
    所述至少一个第二SRS端口的指示信息包括:所述至少一个第二SRS端口的端口号。The indication information of the at least one second SRS port includes: a port number of the at least one second SRS port.
  42. 根据权利要求31-39中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息通过位图方式指示所述至少一个第一SRS端口和/或所述至少一个第二SRS端口。The method according to any one of claims 31-39, wherein the first indication information indicates the at least one first SRS port and/or the at least one second SRS port in a bitmap manner.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第二位图,所述第二位图包括多个比特,每个比特对应所述第三SRS资源的一个SRS端口,每个比特的取值用于指示所述第三SRS资源的对应SRS端口是否用于SRS传输。The method according to claim 42, wherein the first indication information includes a second bitmap, the second bitmap includes a plurality of bits, and each bit corresponds to an SRS port of the third SRS resource , the value of each bit is used to indicate whether the corresponding SRS port of the third SRS resource is used for SRS transmission.
  44. 根据权利要求31-43中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括:所述至少一个第三SRS资源的指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 31-43, wherein the first indication information further includes: indication information of the at least one third SRS resource.
  45. 根据权利要求31-44中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括第二指示域,所述第二指示域用于指示所述第一SRS资源集中的第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均不用于SRS传输,或者,所述第三SRS资源的所有SRS端口均用于SRS传输。The method according to any one of claims 31-44, wherein the first indication information includes a second indication field, and the second indication field is used to indicate the third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set. All SRS ports of the SRS resource are not used for SRS transmission, or all SRS ports of the third SRS resource are used for SRS transmission.
  46. 根据权利要求31-45中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括所述第一SRS资源集的指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 31-45, wherein the first indication information further includes indication information of the first SRS resource set.
  47. 根据权利要求31-46中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一指示信息所对应的服务小区和/或所述第一指示信息所对应的带宽部分BWP。The method according to any one of claims 31-46, wherein the first information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the service corresponding to the first indication information A cell and/or a bandwidth part BWP corresponding to the first indication information.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第二指示信息指示的服务小区属于第一服务小区列表,则所述第一指示信息对应所述第一服务小区列表中的所有服务小区,其中,所述第一服务小区列表用于指示至少一个服务小区。The method according to claim 47, wherein if the serving cell indicated by the second indication information belongs to the first serving cell list, the first indication information corresponds to all service cells in the first serving cell list. cells, wherein the first serving cell list is used to indicate at least one serving cell.
  49. 根据权利要求31-48中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息对应同一频段中的所有载波。The method according to any one of claims 31-48, wherein the first indication information corresponds to all carriers in the same frequency band.
  50. 根据权利要求31-49中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 31-49, further comprising:
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第二信息,所述第二信息包括第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:建议的天线切换配置,建议的接收天线数目,建议的发送天线数 目。The network device receives the second information sent by the terminal device, where the second information includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: a suggested antenna switching configuration, a suggested Number of receive antennas, recommended number of transmit antennas.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息通过以下至少之一承载:The method according to claim 50, wherein the second information is carried by at least one of the following:
    MAC CE,UCI,物理上行控制信道PUCCH。MAC CE, UCI, physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  52. 根据权利要求50或51所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第三指示信息所对应的服务小区/或所述第三指示信息所对应的BWP。The method according to claim 50 or 51, wherein the second information further includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell/or the serving cell corresponding to the third indication information. The BWP corresponding to the third indication information.
  53. 根据权利要求51-52中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 51-52, further comprising:
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的第三信息,所述第三信息包括第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示以下至少之一:The network device receives third information sent by the terminal device, where the third information includes fifth indication information, and the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS资源集;A set of SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS资源;SRS resources not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备建议的不用于传输的SRS端口;SRS ports not used for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源集;An SRS resource set for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS资源;SRS resources for transmission suggested by the terminal device;
    所述终端设备建议的用于传输的SRS端口。The SRS port suggested by the terminal device for transmission.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信息通过以下至少之一承载:The method according to claim 53, wherein the third information is carried by at least one of the following:
    MAC CE,UCI,物理上行控制信道PUCCH。MAC CE, UCI, physical uplink control channel PUCCH.
  55. 根据权利要求53或54所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三信息还包括第六指示信息,所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第五指示信息所对应的服务小区和/或所述第六指示信息所对应的BWP。The method according to claim 53 or 54, wherein the third information further includes sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate the serving cell and/or The BWP corresponding to the sixth indication information.
  56. 根据权利要求31-55中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 31-55, further comprising:
    所述网络设备接收所述终端设备上报的第一能力信息,所述第一能力信息表示所述终端设备支持根据所述第一信息、天线切换动态指示和SRS资源动态指示中的至少一项进行SRS传输。The network device receives first capability information reported by the terminal device, where the first capability information indicates that the terminal device supports at least one of the first information, antenna switching dynamic indication, and SRS resource dynamic indication. SRS transmission.
  57. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息通过无线资源控制RRC信令和/或MAC CE发送。The method according to claim 26, wherein the first capability information is sent through radio resource control RRC signaling and/or MAC CE.
  58. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息还用于指示目标频段和/或目标载波,所述目标频段上的服务小区和/或所述目标载波上的服务小区可配置在同一服务小区列表中。The method according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the first capability information is further used to indicate the target frequency band and/or the target carrier, the serving cell on the target frequency band and/or the target carrier Serving cells can be configured in the same serving cell list.
  59. 根据权利要求26-28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一能力信息的配置粒度包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 26-28, wherein the configuration granularity of the first capability information includes at least one of the following:
    频段,频段组合,频段组合中的每个频段,频段组合中的每个频段上的每个载波,频段范围,用户设备。frequency band, frequency band combination, each frequency band in the frequency band combination, each carrier on each frequency band in the frequency band combination, frequency band range, user equipment.
  60. 根据权利要求31-59中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 31-59, further comprising:
    所述网络设备在所述第一SRS资源集中的所述至少一个SRS资源上接收SRS;和/或the network device receives an SRS on the at least one SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources; and/or
    所述网络设备在所述第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口上接收SRS。The network device receives an SRS on at least one first SRS port of the third SRS resource.
  61. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, characterized in that it includes:
    通信单元,用于接收网络设备发送的第一信息,其中,所述第一信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:A communication unit, configured to receive first information sent by a network device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    第一探测参考信号SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输;或At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第二SRS资源不用于SRS传输;或at least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于SRS传输;或at least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第二SRS端口不用于SRS传输。At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
  62. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, characterized in that it includes:
    通信单元,用于向终端设备发送第一信息,其中,所述第一信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示以下中的至少一项:A communication unit, configured to send first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
    第一探测参考信号SRS资源集中的至少一个第一SRS资源用于SRS传输;或At least one first SRS resource in the first sounding reference signal SRS resource set is used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第二SRS资源不用于SRS传输;或at least one second SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is not used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第一SRS端口用于SRS传输;或at least one first SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first set of SRS resources is used for SRS transmission; or
    所述第一SRS资源集中的至少一个第三SRS资源的至少一个第二SRS端口不用于SRS传输。At least one second SRS port of at least one third SRS resource in the first SRS resource set is not used for SRS transmission.
  63. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求1至30中任一项所述的方法。A terminal device, characterized in that it includes: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store computer programs, the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory, and execute any one of claims 1 to 30 one of the methods described.
  64. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1至30中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by comprising: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 30.
  65. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至30中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by being used to store a computer program, the computer program causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 30.
  66. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求1至30中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising computer program instructions, the computer program instructions causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 30.
  67. 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至30中任一项所述的方法。A computer program, characterized in that the computer program causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-30.
  68. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求31至60中任一项所述的方法。A network device, characterized by comprising: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to invoke and run the computer program stored in the memory, and execute any of the following claims 31 to 60 one of the methods described.
  69. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求31至60中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized by comprising: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 31 to 60.
  70. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求31至60中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by being used to store a computer program, the computer program causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 31 to 60.
  71. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求31至60中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized by comprising computer program instructions, the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 31 to 60.
  72. 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求31至60中任一项所述的方法。A computer program, characterized in that the computer program causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 31 to 60.
PCT/CN2021/122228 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 Wireless communication method, and terminal device and network device WO2023050337A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/122228 WO2023050337A1 (en) 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 Wireless communication method, and terminal device and network device
CN202180097900.0A CN117242862A (en) 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/122228 WO2023050337A1 (en) 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 Wireless communication method, and terminal device and network device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023050337A1 true WO2023050337A1 (en) 2023-04-06

Family

ID=85781123

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/122228 WO2023050337A1 (en) 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 Wireless communication method, and terminal device and network device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117242862A (en)
WO (1) WO2023050337A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110838903A (en) * 2018-08-17 2020-02-25 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Method, terminal, base station and computer storage medium for uplink transmission indication
CN112543083A (en) * 2019-09-20 2021-03-23 华为技术有限公司 Uplink data transmission method and device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110838903A (en) * 2018-08-17 2020-02-25 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Method, terminal, base station and computer storage medium for uplink transmission indication
CN112543083A (en) * 2019-09-20 2021-03-23 华为技术有限公司 Uplink data transmission method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "Discussion on SRS enhancement", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2107328, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210816 - 20210827, 7 August 2021 (2021-08-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052038280 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117242862A (en) 2023-12-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110972251B (en) Signal transmission method, related equipment and system
WO2019170089A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and communication node
US20230262696A1 (en) Method for determining uplink transmission parameter, and terminal device
US11737131B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving channel state information in wireless communication system
US20230137907A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
US20240007250A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
US20230261835A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
EP4216476A1 (en) Method and apparatus for performfing transmission and reception of channel state information in wireless communication system
US20230239113A1 (en) Method and apparatus for uplink transmission parameter configuration in wireless communication system
WO2022188253A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
US20230103697A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting/receiving channel state information in wireless communication system
WO2023050337A1 (en) Wireless communication method, and terminal device and network device
US10998956B1 (en) Optimized receive beam selection
WO2021203404A1 (en) Uplink transmission configuration indicator and power control parameter update
WO2023123399A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2023102813A1 (en) Wireless communication methods, terminal devices and network devices
WO2023123409A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2023050320A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022056870A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2024031237A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
US20240098738A1 (en) Uplink transmission method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022188081A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2023019463A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2023102848A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2023197260A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21958909

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1